1 /* Copyright (C) 1995-1998 Eric Young ([email protected]) 2 * All rights reserved. 3 * 4 * This package is an SSL implementation written 5 * by Eric Young ([email protected]). 6 * The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL. 7 * 8 * This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as 9 * the following conditions are aheared to. The following conditions 10 * apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA, 11 * lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code. The SSL documentation 12 * included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms 13 * except that the holder is Tim Hudson ([email protected]). 14 * 15 * Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in 16 * the code are not to be removed. 17 * If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution 18 * as the author of the parts of the library used. 19 * This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or 20 * in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package. 21 * 22 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without 23 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions 24 * are met: 25 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright 26 * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 27 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright 28 * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the 29 * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. 30 * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software 31 * must display the following acknowledgement: 32 * "This product includes cryptographic software written by 33 * Eric Young ([email protected])" 34 * The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the rouines from the library 35 * being used are not cryptographic related :-). 36 * 4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from 37 * the apps directory (application code) you must include an acknowledgement: 38 * "This product includes software written by Tim Hudson ([email protected])" 39 * 40 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND 41 * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE 42 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE 43 * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE 44 * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL 45 * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS 46 * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) 47 * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT 48 * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY 49 * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF 50 * SUCH DAMAGE. 51 * 52 * The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or 53 * derivative of this code cannot be changed. i.e. this code cannot simply be 54 * copied and put under another distribution licence 55 * [including the GNU Public Licence.] 56 */ 57 /* ==================================================================== 58 * Copyright (c) 1998-2007 The OpenSSL Project. All rights reserved. 59 * 60 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without 61 * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions 62 * are met: 63 * 64 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright 65 * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 66 * 67 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright 68 * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in 69 * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the 70 * distribution. 71 * 72 * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this 73 * software must display the following acknowledgment: 74 * "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project 75 * for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.openssl.org/)" 76 * 77 * 4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to 78 * endorse or promote products derived from this software without 79 * prior written permission. For written permission, please contact 80 * [email protected]. 81 * 82 * 5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL" 83 * nor may "OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written 84 * permission of the OpenSSL Project. 85 * 86 * 6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following 87 * acknowledgment: 88 * "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project 89 * for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.openssl.org/)" 90 * 91 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY 92 * EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE 93 * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR 94 * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR 95 * ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, 96 * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT 97 * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; 98 * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) 99 * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, 100 * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) 101 * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED 102 * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. 103 * ==================================================================== 104 * 105 * This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young 106 * ([email protected]). This product includes software written by Tim 107 * Hudson ([email protected]). 108 * 109 */ 110 /* ==================================================================== 111 * Copyright 2002 Sun Microsystems, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 112 * ECC cipher suite support in OpenSSL originally developed by 113 * SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC., and contributed to the OpenSSL project. 114 */ 115 /* ==================================================================== 116 * Copyright 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. 117 * 118 * The portions of the attached software ("Contribution") is developed by 119 * Nokia Corporation and is licensed pursuant to the OpenSSL open source 120 * license. 121 * 122 * The Contribution, originally written by Mika Kousa and Pasi Eronen of 123 * Nokia Corporation, consists of the "PSK" (Pre-Shared Key) ciphersuites 124 * support (see RFC 4279) to OpenSSL. 125 * 126 * No patent licenses or other rights except those expressly stated in 127 * the OpenSSL open source license shall be deemed granted or received 128 * expressly, by implication, estoppel, or otherwise. 129 * 130 * No assurances are provided by Nokia that the Contribution does not 131 * infringe the patent or other intellectual property rights of any third 132 * party or that the license provides you with all the necessary rights 133 * to make use of the Contribution. 134 * 135 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND. IN 136 * ADDITION TO THE DISCLAIMERS INCLUDED IN THE LICENSE, NOKIA 137 * SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY LIABILITY FOR CLAIMS BROUGHT BY YOU OR ANY 138 * OTHER ENTITY BASED ON INFRINGEMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS OR 139 * OTHERWISE. 140 */ 141 142 #ifndef OPENSSL_HEADER_SSL_H 143 #define OPENSSL_HEADER_SSL_H 144 145 #include <openssl/base.h> 146 147 #include <openssl/bio.h> 148 #include <openssl/buf.h> 149 #include <openssl/pem.h> 150 #include <openssl/span.h> 151 #include <openssl/ssl3.h> 152 #include <openssl/thread.h> 153 #include <openssl/tls1.h> 154 #include <openssl/x509.h> 155 156 #if !defined(OPENSSL_WINDOWS) 157 #include <sys/time.h> 158 #endif 159 160 // Forward-declare struct timeval. On Windows, it is defined in winsock2.h and 161 // Windows headers define too many macros to be included in public headers. 162 // However, only a forward declaration is needed. 163 struct timeval; 164 165 #if defined(__cplusplus) 166 extern "C" { 167 #endif 168 169 170 // SSL implementation. 171 172 173 // SSL contexts. 174 // 175 // |SSL_CTX| objects manage shared state and configuration between multiple TLS 176 // or DTLS connections. Whether the connections are TLS or DTLS is selected by 177 // an |SSL_METHOD| on creation. 178 // 179 // |SSL_CTX| are reference-counted and may be shared by connections across 180 // multiple threads. Once shared, functions which change the |SSL_CTX|'s 181 // configuration may not be used. 182 183 // TLS_method is the |SSL_METHOD| used for TLS connections. 184 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLS_method(void); 185 186 // DTLS_method is the |SSL_METHOD| used for DTLS connections. 187 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLS_method(void); 188 189 // TLS_with_buffers_method is like |TLS_method|, but avoids all use of 190 // crypto/x509. All client connections created with |TLS_with_buffers_method| 191 // will fail unless a certificate verifier is installed with 192 // |SSL_set_custom_verify| or |SSL_CTX_set_custom_verify|. 193 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLS_with_buffers_method(void); 194 195 // DTLS_with_buffers_method is like |DTLS_method|, but avoids all use of 196 // crypto/x509. 197 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLS_with_buffers_method(void); 198 199 // SSL_CTX_new returns a newly-allocated |SSL_CTX| with default settings or NULL 200 // on error. 201 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_CTX *SSL_CTX_new(const SSL_METHOD *method); 202 203 // SSL_CTX_up_ref increments the reference count of |ctx|. It returns one. 204 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_up_ref(SSL_CTX *ctx); 205 206 // SSL_CTX_free releases memory associated with |ctx|. 207 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_free(SSL_CTX *ctx); 208 209 210 // SSL connections. 211 // 212 // An |SSL| object represents a single TLS or DTLS connection. Although the 213 // shared |SSL_CTX| is thread-safe, an |SSL| is not thread-safe and may only be 214 // used on one thread at a time. 215 216 // SSL_new returns a newly-allocated |SSL| using |ctx| or NULL on error. The new 217 // connection inherits settings from |ctx| at the time of creation. Settings may 218 // also be individually configured on the connection. 219 // 220 // On creation, an |SSL| is not configured to be either a client or server. Call 221 // |SSL_set_connect_state| or |SSL_set_accept_state| to set this. 222 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL *SSL_new(SSL_CTX *ctx); 223 224 // SSL_free releases memory associated with |ssl|. 225 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_free(SSL *ssl); 226 227 // SSL_get_SSL_CTX returns the |SSL_CTX| associated with |ssl|. If 228 // |SSL_set_SSL_CTX| is called, it returns the new |SSL_CTX|, not the initial 229 // one. 230 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_CTX *SSL_get_SSL_CTX(const SSL *ssl); 231 232 // SSL_set_connect_state configures |ssl| to be a client. 233 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_connect_state(SSL *ssl); 234 235 // SSL_set_accept_state configures |ssl| to be a server. 236 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_accept_state(SSL *ssl); 237 238 // SSL_is_server returns one if |ssl| is configured as a server and zero 239 // otherwise. 240 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_is_server(const SSL *ssl); 241 242 // SSL_is_dtls returns one if |ssl| is a DTLS connection and zero otherwise. 243 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_is_dtls(const SSL *ssl); 244 245 // SSL_set_bio configures |ssl| to read from |rbio| and write to |wbio|. |ssl| 246 // takes ownership of the two |BIO|s. If |rbio| and |wbio| are the same, |ssl| 247 // only takes ownership of one reference. 248 // 249 // In DTLS, |rbio| must be non-blocking to properly handle timeouts and 250 // retransmits. 251 // 252 // If |rbio| is the same as the currently configured |BIO| for reading, that 253 // side is left untouched and is not freed. 254 // 255 // If |wbio| is the same as the currently configured |BIO| for writing AND |ssl| 256 // is not currently configured to read from and write to the same |BIO|, that 257 // side is left untouched and is not freed. This asymmetry is present for 258 // historical reasons. 259 // 260 // Due to the very complex historical behavior of this function, calling this 261 // function if |ssl| already has |BIO|s configured is deprecated. Prefer 262 // |SSL_set0_rbio| and |SSL_set0_wbio| instead. 263 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_bio(SSL *ssl, BIO *rbio, BIO *wbio); 264 265 // SSL_set0_rbio configures |ssl| to read from |rbio|. It takes ownership of 266 // |rbio|. 267 // 268 // Note that, although this function and |SSL_set0_wbio| may be called on the 269 // same |BIO|, each call takes a reference. Use |BIO_up_ref| to balance this. 270 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set0_rbio(SSL *ssl, BIO *rbio); 271 272 // SSL_set0_wbio configures |ssl| to write to |wbio|. It takes ownership of 273 // |wbio|. 274 // 275 // Note that, although this function and |SSL_set0_rbio| may be called on the 276 // same |BIO|, each call takes a reference. Use |BIO_up_ref| to balance this. 277 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set0_wbio(SSL *ssl, BIO *wbio); 278 279 // SSL_get_rbio returns the |BIO| that |ssl| reads from. 280 OPENSSL_EXPORT BIO *SSL_get_rbio(const SSL *ssl); 281 282 // SSL_get_wbio returns the |BIO| that |ssl| writes to. 283 OPENSSL_EXPORT BIO *SSL_get_wbio(const SSL *ssl); 284 285 // SSL_get_fd calls |SSL_get_rfd|. 286 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_fd(const SSL *ssl); 287 288 // SSL_get_rfd returns the file descriptor that |ssl| is configured to read 289 // from. If |ssl|'s read |BIO| is not configured or doesn't wrap a file 290 // descriptor then it returns -1. 291 // 292 // Note: On Windows, this may return either a file descriptor or a socket (cast 293 // to int), depending on whether |ssl| was configured with a file descriptor or 294 // socket |BIO|. 295 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_rfd(const SSL *ssl); 296 297 // SSL_get_wfd returns the file descriptor that |ssl| is configured to write 298 // to. If |ssl|'s write |BIO| is not configured or doesn't wrap a file 299 // descriptor then it returns -1. 300 // 301 // Note: On Windows, this may return either a file descriptor or a socket (cast 302 // to int), depending on whether |ssl| was configured with a file descriptor or 303 // socket |BIO|. 304 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_wfd(const SSL *ssl); 305 306 #if !defined(OPENSSL_NO_SOCK) 307 // SSL_set_fd configures |ssl| to read from and write to |fd|. It returns one 308 // on success and zero on allocation error. The caller retains ownership of 309 // |fd|. 310 // 311 // On Windows, |fd| is cast to a |SOCKET| and used with Winsock APIs. 312 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_fd(SSL *ssl, int fd); 313 314 // SSL_set_rfd configures |ssl| to read from |fd|. It returns one on success and 315 // zero on allocation error. The caller retains ownership of |fd|. 316 // 317 // On Windows, |fd| is cast to a |SOCKET| and used with Winsock APIs. 318 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_rfd(SSL *ssl, int fd); 319 320 // SSL_set_wfd configures |ssl| to write to |fd|. It returns one on success and 321 // zero on allocation error. The caller retains ownership of |fd|. 322 // 323 // On Windows, |fd| is cast to a |SOCKET| and used with Winsock APIs. 324 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_wfd(SSL *ssl, int fd); 325 #endif // !OPENSSL_NO_SOCK 326 327 // SSL_do_handshake continues the current handshake. If there is none or the 328 // handshake has completed or False Started, it returns one. Otherwise, it 329 // returns <= 0. The caller should pass the value into |SSL_get_error| to 330 // determine how to proceed. 331 // 332 // In DTLS, the caller must drive retransmissions. Whenever |SSL_get_error| 333 // signals |SSL_ERROR_WANT_READ|, use |DTLSv1_get_timeout| to determine the 334 // current timeout. If it expires before the next retry, call 335 // |DTLSv1_handle_timeout|. Note that DTLS handshake retransmissions use fresh 336 // sequence numbers, so it is not sufficient to replay packets at the transport. 337 // 338 // TODO(davidben): Ensure 0 is only returned on transport EOF. 339 // https://crbug.com/466303. 340 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_do_handshake(SSL *ssl); 341 342 // SSL_connect configures |ssl| as a client, if unconfigured, and calls 343 // |SSL_do_handshake|. 344 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_connect(SSL *ssl); 345 346 // SSL_accept configures |ssl| as a server, if unconfigured, and calls 347 // |SSL_do_handshake|. 348 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_accept(SSL *ssl); 349 350 // SSL_read reads up to |num| bytes from |ssl| into |buf|. It implicitly runs 351 // any pending handshakes, including renegotiations when enabled. On success, it 352 // returns the number of bytes read. Otherwise, it returns <= 0. The caller 353 // should pass the value into |SSL_get_error| to determine how to proceed. 354 // 355 // TODO(davidben): Ensure 0 is only returned on transport EOF. 356 // https://crbug.com/466303. 357 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_read(SSL *ssl, void *buf, int num); 358 359 // SSL_peek behaves like |SSL_read| but does not consume any bytes returned. 360 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_peek(SSL *ssl, void *buf, int num); 361 362 // SSL_pending returns the number of buffered, decrypted bytes available for 363 // read in |ssl|. It does not read from the transport. 364 // 365 // In DTLS, it is possible for this function to return zero while there is 366 // buffered, undecrypted data from the transport in |ssl|. For example, 367 // |SSL_read| may read a datagram with two records, decrypt the first, and leave 368 // the second buffered for a subsequent call to |SSL_read|. Callers that wish to 369 // detect this case can use |SSL_has_pending|. 370 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_pending(const SSL *ssl); 371 372 // SSL_has_pending returns one if |ssl| has buffered, decrypted bytes available 373 // for read, or if |ssl| has buffered data from the transport that has not yet 374 // been decrypted. If |ssl| has neither, this function returns zero. 375 // 376 // In TLS, BoringSSL does not implement read-ahead, so this function returns one 377 // if and only if |SSL_pending| would return a non-zero value. In DTLS, it is 378 // possible for this function to return one while |SSL_pending| returns zero. 379 // For example, |SSL_read| may read a datagram with two records, decrypt the 380 // first, and leave the second buffered for a subsequent call to |SSL_read|. 381 // 382 // As a result, if this function returns one, the next call to |SSL_read| may 383 // still fail, read from the transport, or both. The buffered, undecrypted data 384 // may be invalid or incomplete. 385 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_has_pending(const SSL *ssl); 386 387 // SSL_write writes up to |num| bytes from |buf| into |ssl|. It implicitly runs 388 // any pending handshakes, including renegotiations when enabled. On success, it 389 // returns the number of bytes written. Otherwise, it returns <= 0. The caller 390 // should pass the value into |SSL_get_error| to determine how to proceed. 391 // 392 // In TLS, a non-blocking |SSL_write| differs from non-blocking |write| in that 393 // a failed |SSL_write| still commits to the data passed in. When retrying, the 394 // caller must supply the original write buffer (or a larger one containing the 395 // original as a prefix). By default, retries will fail if they also do not 396 // reuse the same |buf| pointer. This may be relaxed with 397 // |SSL_MODE_ACCEPT_MOVING_WRITE_BUFFER|, but the buffer contents still must be 398 // unchanged. 399 // 400 // By default, in TLS, |SSL_write| will not return success until all |num| bytes 401 // are written. This may be relaxed with |SSL_MODE_ENABLE_PARTIAL_WRITE|. It 402 // allows |SSL_write| to complete with a partial result when only part of the 403 // input was written in a single record. 404 // 405 // In DTLS, neither |SSL_MODE_ACCEPT_MOVING_WRITE_BUFFER| and 406 // |SSL_MODE_ENABLE_PARTIAL_WRITE| do anything. The caller may retry with a 407 // different buffer freely. A single call to |SSL_write| only ever writes a 408 // single record in a single packet, so |num| must be at most 409 // |SSL3_RT_MAX_PLAIN_LENGTH|. 410 // 411 // TODO(davidben): Ensure 0 is only returned on transport EOF. 412 // https://crbug.com/466303. 413 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_write(SSL *ssl, const void *buf, int num); 414 415 // SSL_KEY_UPDATE_REQUESTED indicates that the peer should reply to a KeyUpdate 416 // message with its own, thus updating traffic secrets for both directions on 417 // the connection. 418 #define SSL_KEY_UPDATE_REQUESTED 1 419 420 // SSL_KEY_UPDATE_NOT_REQUESTED indicates that the peer should not reply with 421 // it's own KeyUpdate message. 422 #define SSL_KEY_UPDATE_NOT_REQUESTED 0 423 424 // SSL_key_update queues a TLS 1.3 KeyUpdate message to be sent on |ssl| 425 // if one is not already queued. The |request_type| argument must one of the 426 // |SSL_KEY_UPDATE_*| values. This function requires that |ssl| have completed a 427 // TLS >= 1.3 handshake. It returns one on success or zero on error. 428 // 429 // Note that this function does not _send_ the message itself. The next call to 430 // |SSL_write| will cause the message to be sent. |SSL_write| may be called with 431 // a zero length to flush a KeyUpdate message when no application data is 432 // pending. 433 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_key_update(SSL *ssl, int request_type); 434 435 // SSL_shutdown shuts down |ssl|. It runs in two stages. First, it sends 436 // close_notify and returns zero or one on success or -1 on failure. Zero 437 // indicates that close_notify was sent, but not received, and one additionally 438 // indicates that the peer's close_notify had already been received. 439 // 440 // To then wait for the peer's close_notify, run |SSL_shutdown| to completion a 441 // second time. This returns 1 on success and -1 on failure. Application data 442 // is considered a fatal error at this point. To process or discard it, read 443 // until close_notify with |SSL_read| instead. 444 // 445 // In both cases, on failure, pass the return value into |SSL_get_error| to 446 // determine how to proceed. 447 // 448 // Most callers should stop at the first stage. Reading for close_notify is 449 // primarily used for uncommon protocols where the underlying transport is 450 // reused after TLS completes. Additionally, DTLS uses an unordered transport 451 // and is unordered, so the second stage is a no-op in DTLS. 452 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_shutdown(SSL *ssl); 453 454 // SSL_CTX_set_quiet_shutdown sets quiet shutdown on |ctx| to |mode|. If 455 // enabled, |SSL_shutdown| will not send a close_notify alert or wait for one 456 // from the peer. It will instead synchronously return one. 457 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_quiet_shutdown(SSL_CTX *ctx, int mode); 458 459 // SSL_CTX_get_quiet_shutdown returns whether quiet shutdown is enabled for 460 // |ctx|. 461 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_quiet_shutdown(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 462 463 // SSL_set_quiet_shutdown sets quiet shutdown on |ssl| to |mode|. If enabled, 464 // |SSL_shutdown| will not send a close_notify alert or wait for one from the 465 // peer. It will instead synchronously return one. 466 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_quiet_shutdown(SSL *ssl, int mode); 467 468 // SSL_get_quiet_shutdown returns whether quiet shutdown is enabled for 469 // |ssl|. 470 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_quiet_shutdown(const SSL *ssl); 471 472 // SSL_get_error returns a |SSL_ERROR_*| value for the most recent operation on 473 // |ssl|. It should be called after an operation failed to determine whether the 474 // error was fatal and, if not, when to retry. 475 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_error(const SSL *ssl, int ret_code); 476 477 // SSL_ERROR_NONE indicates the operation succeeded. 478 #define SSL_ERROR_NONE 0 479 480 // SSL_ERROR_SSL indicates the operation failed within the library. The caller 481 // may inspect the error queue for more information. 482 #define SSL_ERROR_SSL 1 483 484 // SSL_ERROR_WANT_READ indicates the operation failed attempting to read from 485 // the transport. The caller may retry the operation when the transport is ready 486 // for reading. 487 // 488 // If signaled by a DTLS handshake, the caller must also call 489 // |DTLSv1_get_timeout| and |DTLSv1_handle_timeout| as appropriate. See 490 // |SSL_do_handshake|. 491 #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_READ 2 492 493 // SSL_ERROR_WANT_WRITE indicates the operation failed attempting to write to 494 // the transport. The caller may retry the operation when the transport is ready 495 // for writing. 496 #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_WRITE 3 497 498 // SSL_ERROR_WANT_X509_LOOKUP indicates the operation failed in calling the 499 // |cert_cb| or |client_cert_cb|. The caller may retry the operation when the 500 // callback is ready to return a certificate or one has been configured 501 // externally. 502 // 503 // See also |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| and |SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb|. 504 #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_X509_LOOKUP 4 505 506 // SSL_ERROR_SYSCALL indicates the operation failed externally to the library. 507 // The caller should consult the system-specific error mechanism. This is 508 // typically |errno| but may be something custom if using a custom |BIO|. It 509 // may also be signaled if the transport returned EOF, in which case the 510 // operation's return value will be zero. 511 #define SSL_ERROR_SYSCALL 5 512 513 // SSL_ERROR_ZERO_RETURN indicates the operation failed because the connection 514 // was cleanly shut down with a close_notify alert. 515 #define SSL_ERROR_ZERO_RETURN 6 516 517 // SSL_ERROR_WANT_CONNECT indicates the operation failed attempting to connect 518 // the transport (the |BIO| signaled |BIO_RR_CONNECT|). The caller may retry the 519 // operation when the transport is ready. 520 #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_CONNECT 7 521 522 // SSL_ERROR_WANT_ACCEPT indicates the operation failed attempting to accept a 523 // connection from the transport (the |BIO| signaled |BIO_RR_ACCEPT|). The 524 // caller may retry the operation when the transport is ready. 525 // 526 // TODO(davidben): Remove this. It's used by accept BIOs which are bizarre. 527 #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_ACCEPT 8 528 529 // SSL_ERROR_WANT_CHANNEL_ID_LOOKUP is never used. 530 // 531 // TODO(davidben): Remove this. Some callers reference it when stringifying 532 // errors. They should use |SSL_error_description| instead. 533 #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_CHANNEL_ID_LOOKUP 9 534 535 // SSL_ERROR_PENDING_SESSION indicates the operation failed because the session 536 // lookup callback indicated the session was unavailable. The caller may retry 537 // the operation when lookup has completed. 538 // 539 // See also |SSL_CTX_sess_set_get_cb| and |SSL_magic_pending_session_ptr|. 540 #define SSL_ERROR_PENDING_SESSION 11 541 542 // SSL_ERROR_PENDING_CERTIFICATE indicates the operation failed because the 543 // early callback indicated certificate lookup was incomplete. The caller may 544 // retry the operation when lookup has completed. 545 // 546 // See also |SSL_CTX_set_select_certificate_cb|. 547 #define SSL_ERROR_PENDING_CERTIFICATE 12 548 549 // SSL_ERROR_WANT_PRIVATE_KEY_OPERATION indicates the operation failed because 550 // a private key operation was unfinished. The caller may retry the operation 551 // when the private key operation is complete. 552 // 553 // See also |SSL_set_private_key_method|, |SSL_CTX_set_private_key_method|, and 554 // |SSL_CREDENTIAL_set_private_key_method|. 555 #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_PRIVATE_KEY_OPERATION 13 556 557 // SSL_ERROR_PENDING_TICKET indicates that a ticket decryption is pending. The 558 // caller may retry the operation when the decryption is ready. 559 // 560 // See also |SSL_CTX_set_ticket_aead_method|. 561 #define SSL_ERROR_PENDING_TICKET 14 562 563 // SSL_ERROR_EARLY_DATA_REJECTED indicates that early data was rejected. The 564 // caller should treat this as a connection failure and retry any operations 565 // associated with the rejected early data. |SSL_reset_early_data_reject| may be 566 // used to reuse the underlying connection for the retry. 567 #define SSL_ERROR_EARLY_DATA_REJECTED 15 568 569 // SSL_ERROR_WANT_CERTIFICATE_VERIFY indicates the operation failed because 570 // certificate verification was incomplete. The caller may retry the operation 571 // when certificate verification is complete. 572 // 573 // See also |SSL_CTX_set_custom_verify|. 574 #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_CERTIFICATE_VERIFY 16 575 576 #define SSL_ERROR_HANDOFF 17 577 #define SSL_ERROR_HANDBACK 18 578 579 // SSL_ERROR_WANT_RENEGOTIATE indicates the operation is pending a response to 580 // a renegotiation request from the server. The caller may call 581 // |SSL_renegotiate| to schedule a renegotiation and retry the operation. 582 // 583 // See also |ssl_renegotiate_explicit|. 584 #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_RENEGOTIATE 19 585 586 // SSL_ERROR_HANDSHAKE_HINTS_READY indicates the handshake has progressed enough 587 // for |SSL_serialize_handshake_hints| to be called. See also 588 // |SSL_request_handshake_hints|. 589 #define SSL_ERROR_HANDSHAKE_HINTS_READY 20 590 591 // SSL_error_description returns a string representation of |err|, where |err| 592 // is one of the |SSL_ERROR_*| constants returned by |SSL_get_error|, or NULL 593 // if the value is unrecognized. 594 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_error_description(int err); 595 596 // SSL_set_mtu sets the |ssl|'s MTU in DTLS to |mtu|. It returns one on success 597 // and zero on failure. 598 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_mtu(SSL *ssl, unsigned mtu); 599 600 // DTLSv1_set_initial_timeout_duration sets the initial duration for a DTLS 601 // handshake timeout. 602 // 603 // This duration overrides the default of 1 second, which is the strong 604 // recommendation of RFC 6347 (see section 4.2.4.1). However, there may exist 605 // situations where a shorter timeout would be beneficial, such as for 606 // time-sensitive applications. 607 OPENSSL_EXPORT void DTLSv1_set_initial_timeout_duration(SSL *ssl, 608 unsigned duration_ms); 609 610 // DTLSv1_get_timeout queries the next DTLS handshake timeout. If there is a 611 // timeout in progress, it sets |*out| to the time remaining and returns one. 612 // Otherwise, it returns zero. 613 // 614 // When the timeout expires, call |DTLSv1_handle_timeout| to handle the 615 // retransmit behavior. 616 // 617 // NOTE: This function must be queried again whenever the handshake state 618 // machine changes, including when |DTLSv1_handle_timeout| is called. 619 OPENSSL_EXPORT int DTLSv1_get_timeout(const SSL *ssl, struct timeval *out); 620 621 // DTLSv1_handle_timeout is called when a DTLS handshake timeout expires. If no 622 // timeout had expired, it returns 0. Otherwise, it retransmits the previous 623 // flight of handshake messages and returns 1. If too many timeouts had expired 624 // without progress or an error occurs, it returns -1. 625 // 626 // The caller's external timer should be compatible with the one |ssl| queries 627 // within some fudge factor. Otherwise, the call will be a no-op, but 628 // |DTLSv1_get_timeout| will return an updated timeout. 629 // 630 // If the function returns -1, checking if |SSL_get_error| returns 631 // |SSL_ERROR_WANT_WRITE| may be used to determine if the retransmit failed due 632 // to a non-fatal error at the write |BIO|. However, the operation may not be 633 // retried until the next timeout fires. 634 // 635 // WARNING: This function breaks the usual return value convention. 636 // 637 // TODO(davidben): This |SSL_ERROR_WANT_WRITE| behavior is kind of bizarre. 638 OPENSSL_EXPORT int DTLSv1_handle_timeout(SSL *ssl); 639 640 641 // Protocol versions. 642 643 #define DTLS1_VERSION_MAJOR 0xfe 644 #define SSL3_VERSION_MAJOR 0x03 645 646 #define SSL3_VERSION 0x0300 647 #define TLS1_VERSION 0x0301 648 #define TLS1_1_VERSION 0x0302 649 #define TLS1_2_VERSION 0x0303 650 #define TLS1_3_VERSION 0x0304 651 652 #define DTLS1_VERSION 0xfeff 653 #define DTLS1_2_VERSION 0xfefd 654 655 // SSL_CTX_set_min_proto_version sets the minimum protocol version for |ctx| to 656 // |version|. If |version| is zero, the default minimum version is used. It 657 // returns one on success and zero if |version| is invalid. 658 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_min_proto_version(SSL_CTX *ctx, 659 uint16_t version); 660 661 // SSL_CTX_set_max_proto_version sets the maximum protocol version for |ctx| to 662 // |version|. If |version| is zero, the default maximum version is used. It 663 // returns one on success and zero if |version| is invalid. 664 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_max_proto_version(SSL_CTX *ctx, 665 uint16_t version); 666 667 // SSL_CTX_get_min_proto_version returns the minimum protocol version for |ctx| 668 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t SSL_CTX_get_min_proto_version(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 669 670 // SSL_CTX_get_max_proto_version returns the maximum protocol version for |ctx| 671 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t SSL_CTX_get_max_proto_version(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 672 673 // SSL_set_min_proto_version sets the minimum protocol version for |ssl| to 674 // |version|. If |version| is zero, the default minimum version is used. It 675 // returns one on success and zero if |version| is invalid. 676 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_min_proto_version(SSL *ssl, uint16_t version); 677 678 // SSL_set_max_proto_version sets the maximum protocol version for |ssl| to 679 // |version|. If |version| is zero, the default maximum version is used. It 680 // returns one on success and zero if |version| is invalid. 681 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_max_proto_version(SSL *ssl, uint16_t version); 682 683 // SSL_get_min_proto_version returns the minimum protocol version for |ssl|. If 684 // the connection's configuration has been shed, 0 is returned. 685 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t SSL_get_min_proto_version(const SSL *ssl); 686 687 // SSL_get_max_proto_version returns the maximum protocol version for |ssl|. If 688 // the connection's configuration has been shed, 0 is returned. 689 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t SSL_get_max_proto_version(const SSL *ssl); 690 691 // SSL_version returns the TLS or DTLS protocol version used by |ssl|, which is 692 // one of the |*_VERSION| values. (E.g. |TLS1_2_VERSION|.) Before the version 693 // is negotiated, the result is undefined. 694 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_version(const SSL *ssl); 695 696 697 // Options. 698 // 699 // Options configure protocol behavior. 700 701 // SSL_OP_NO_QUERY_MTU, in DTLS, disables querying the MTU from the underlying 702 // |BIO|. Instead, the MTU is configured with |SSL_set_mtu|. 703 #define SSL_OP_NO_QUERY_MTU 0x00001000L 704 705 // SSL_OP_NO_TICKET disables session ticket support (RFC 5077). 706 #define SSL_OP_NO_TICKET 0x00004000L 707 708 // SSL_OP_CIPHER_SERVER_PREFERENCE configures servers to select ciphers and 709 // ECDHE curves according to the server's preferences instead of the 710 // client's. 711 #define SSL_OP_CIPHER_SERVER_PREFERENCE 0x00400000L 712 713 // The following flags toggle individual protocol versions. This is deprecated. 714 // Use |SSL_CTX_set_min_proto_version| and |SSL_CTX_set_max_proto_version| 715 // instead. 716 #define SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1 0x04000000L 717 #define SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1_2 0x08000000L 718 #define SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1_1 0x10000000L 719 #define SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1_3 0x20000000L 720 #define SSL_OP_NO_DTLSv1 SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1 721 #define SSL_OP_NO_DTLSv1_2 SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1_2 722 723 // SSL_CTX_set_options enables all options set in |options| (which should be one 724 // or more of the |SSL_OP_*| values, ORed together) in |ctx|. It returns a 725 // bitmask representing the resulting enabled options. 726 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CTX_set_options(SSL_CTX *ctx, uint32_t options); 727 728 // SSL_CTX_clear_options disables all options set in |options| (which should be 729 // one or more of the |SSL_OP_*| values, ORed together) in |ctx|. It returns a 730 // bitmask representing the resulting enabled options. 731 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CTX_clear_options(SSL_CTX *ctx, uint32_t options); 732 733 // SSL_CTX_get_options returns a bitmask of |SSL_OP_*| values that represent all 734 // the options enabled for |ctx|. 735 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CTX_get_options(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 736 737 // SSL_set_options enables all options set in |options| (which should be one or 738 // more of the |SSL_OP_*| values, ORed together) in |ssl|. It returns a bitmask 739 // representing the resulting enabled options. 740 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_set_options(SSL *ssl, uint32_t options); 741 742 // SSL_clear_options disables all options set in |options| (which should be one 743 // or more of the |SSL_OP_*| values, ORed together) in |ssl|. It returns a 744 // bitmask representing the resulting enabled options. 745 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_clear_options(SSL *ssl, uint32_t options); 746 747 // SSL_get_options returns a bitmask of |SSL_OP_*| values that represent all the 748 // options enabled for |ssl|. 749 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_get_options(const SSL *ssl); 750 751 752 // Modes. 753 // 754 // Modes configure API behavior. 755 756 // SSL_MODE_ENABLE_PARTIAL_WRITE, in TLS, allows |SSL_write| to complete with a 757 // partial result when the only part of the input was written in a single 758 // record. In DTLS, it does nothing. 759 #define SSL_MODE_ENABLE_PARTIAL_WRITE 0x00000001L 760 761 // SSL_MODE_ACCEPT_MOVING_WRITE_BUFFER, in TLS, allows retrying an incomplete 762 // |SSL_write| with a different buffer. However, |SSL_write| still assumes the 763 // buffer contents are unchanged. This is not the default to avoid the 764 // misconception that non-blocking |SSL_write| behaves like non-blocking 765 // |write|. In DTLS, it does nothing. 766 #define SSL_MODE_ACCEPT_MOVING_WRITE_BUFFER 0x00000002L 767 768 // SSL_MODE_NO_AUTO_CHAIN disables automatically building a certificate chain 769 // before sending certificates to the peer. This flag is set (and the feature 770 // disabled) by default. 771 // TODO(davidben): Remove this behavior. https://crbug.com/boringssl/42. 772 #define SSL_MODE_NO_AUTO_CHAIN 0x00000008L 773 774 // SSL_MODE_ENABLE_FALSE_START allows clients to send application data before 775 // receipt of ChangeCipherSpec and Finished. This mode enables full handshakes 776 // to 'complete' in one RTT. See RFC 7918. 777 // 778 // When False Start is enabled, |SSL_do_handshake| may succeed before the 779 // handshake has completely finished. |SSL_write| will function at this point, 780 // and |SSL_read| will transparently wait for the final handshake leg before 781 // returning application data. To determine if False Start occurred or when the 782 // handshake is completely finished, see |SSL_in_false_start|, |SSL_in_init|, 783 // and |SSL_CB_HANDSHAKE_DONE| from |SSL_CTX_set_info_callback|. 784 #define SSL_MODE_ENABLE_FALSE_START 0x00000080L 785 786 // SSL_MODE_CBC_RECORD_SPLITTING causes multi-byte CBC records in TLS 1.0 to be 787 // split in two: the first record will contain a single byte and the second will 788 // contain the remainder. This effectively randomises the IV and prevents BEAST 789 // attacks. 790 #define SSL_MODE_CBC_RECORD_SPLITTING 0x00000100L 791 792 // SSL_MODE_NO_SESSION_CREATION will cause any attempts to create a session to 793 // fail with SSL_R_SESSION_MAY_NOT_BE_CREATED. This can be used to enforce that 794 // session resumption is used for a given SSL*. 795 #define SSL_MODE_NO_SESSION_CREATION 0x00000200L 796 797 // SSL_MODE_SEND_FALLBACK_SCSV sends TLS_FALLBACK_SCSV in the ClientHello. 798 // To be set only by applications that reconnect with a downgraded protocol 799 // version; see RFC 7507 for details. 800 // 801 // DO NOT ENABLE THIS if your application attempts a normal handshake. Only use 802 // this in explicit fallback retries, following the guidance in RFC 7507. 803 #define SSL_MODE_SEND_FALLBACK_SCSV 0x00000400L 804 805 // SSL_CTX_set_mode enables all modes set in |mode| (which should be one or more 806 // of the |SSL_MODE_*| values, ORed together) in |ctx|. It returns a bitmask 807 // representing the resulting enabled modes. 808 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CTX_set_mode(SSL_CTX *ctx, uint32_t mode); 809 810 // SSL_CTX_clear_mode disables all modes set in |mode| (which should be one or 811 // more of the |SSL_MODE_*| values, ORed together) in |ctx|. It returns a 812 // bitmask representing the resulting enabled modes. 813 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CTX_clear_mode(SSL_CTX *ctx, uint32_t mode); 814 815 // SSL_CTX_get_mode returns a bitmask of |SSL_MODE_*| values that represent all 816 // the modes enabled for |ssl|. 817 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CTX_get_mode(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 818 819 // SSL_set_mode enables all modes set in |mode| (which should be one or more of 820 // the |SSL_MODE_*| values, ORed together) in |ssl|. It returns a bitmask 821 // representing the resulting enabled modes. 822 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_set_mode(SSL *ssl, uint32_t mode); 823 824 // SSL_clear_mode disables all modes set in |mode| (which should be one or more 825 // of the |SSL_MODE_*| values, ORed together) in |ssl|. It returns a bitmask 826 // representing the resulting enabled modes. 827 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_clear_mode(SSL *ssl, uint32_t mode); 828 829 // SSL_get_mode returns a bitmask of |SSL_MODE_*| values that represent all the 830 // modes enabled for |ssl|. 831 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_get_mode(const SSL *ssl); 832 833 // SSL_CTX_set0_buffer_pool sets a |CRYPTO_BUFFER_POOL| that will be used to 834 // store certificates. This can allow multiple connections to share 835 // certificates and thus save memory. 836 // 837 // The SSL_CTX does not take ownership of |pool| and the caller must ensure 838 // that |pool| outlives |ctx| and all objects linked to it, including |SSL|, 839 // |X509| and |SSL_SESSION| objects. Basically, don't ever free |pool|. 840 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set0_buffer_pool(SSL_CTX *ctx, 841 CRYPTO_BUFFER_POOL *pool); 842 843 844 // Credentials. 845 // 846 // TLS endpoints may present authentication during the handshake, usually using 847 // X.509 certificates. This is typically required for servers and optional for 848 // clients. BoringSSL uses the |SSL_CREDENTIAL| object to abstract between 849 // different kinds of credentials, as well as configure automatic selection 850 // between multiple credentials. This may be used to select between ECDSA and 851 // RSA certificates. 852 // 853 // |SSL_CTX| and |SSL| objects maintain lists of credentials in preference 854 // order. During the handshake, BoringSSL will select the first usable 855 // credential from the list. Non-credential APIs, such as 856 // |SSL_CTX_use_certificate|, configure a "default credential", which is 857 // appended to this list if configured. 858 // 859 // When selecting credentials, BoringSSL considers the credential's type, its 860 // cryptographic capabilities, and capabilities advertised by the peer. This 861 // varies between TLS versions but includes: 862 // 863 // - Whether the peer supports the leaf certificate key 864 // - Whether there is a common signature algorithm that is compatible with the 865 // credential 866 // - Whether there is a common cipher suite that is compatible with the 867 // credential 868 // 869 // WARNING: In TLS 1.2 and below, there is no mechanism for servers to advertise 870 // supported ECDSA curves to the client. BoringSSL clients will assume the 871 // server accepts all ECDSA curves in client certificates. 872 // 873 // By default, BoringSSL does not check the following, though we may add APIs 874 // in the future to enable them on a per-credential basis. 875 // 876 // - Whether the peer supports the signature algorithms in the certificate chain 877 // - Whether the a server certificate is compatible with the server_name 878 // extension (SNI) 879 // - Whether the peer supports the certificate authority that issued the 880 // certificate 881 // 882 // Credentials may be configured before the handshake or dynamically in the 883 // early callback (see |SSL_CTX_set_select_certificate_cb|) and certificate 884 // callback (see |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb|). These callbacks allow applications to 885 // use BoringSSL's built-in selection logic in tandem with custom logic. For 886 // example, a callback could evaluate application-specific SNI rules to filter 887 // down to an ECDSA and RSA credential, then configure both for BoringSSL to 888 // select between the two. 889 890 // SSL_CREDENTIAL_new_x509 returns a new, empty X.509 credential, or NULL on 891 // error. Callers should release the result with |SSL_CREDENTIAL_free| when 892 // done. 893 // 894 // Callers should configure a certificate chain and private key on the 895 // credential, along with other properties, then add it with 896 // |SSL_CTX_add1_credential|. 897 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_CREDENTIAL *SSL_CREDENTIAL_new_x509(void); 898 899 // SSL_CREDENTIAL_up_ref increments the reference count of |cred|. 900 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CREDENTIAL_up_ref(SSL_CREDENTIAL *cred); 901 902 // SSL_CREDENTIAL_free decrements the reference count of |cred|. If it reaches 903 // zero, all data referenced by |cred| and |cred| itself are released. 904 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CREDENTIAL_free(SSL_CREDENTIAL *cred); 905 906 // SSL_CREDENTIAL_set1_private_key sets |cred|'s private key to |cred|. It 907 // returns one on success and zero on failure. 908 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CREDENTIAL_set1_private_key(SSL_CREDENTIAL *cred, 909 EVP_PKEY *key); 910 911 // SSL_CREDENTIAL_set1_signing_algorithm_prefs configures |cred| to use |prefs| 912 // as the preference list when signing with |cred|'s private key. It returns one 913 // on success and zero on error. |prefs| should not include the internal-only 914 // value |SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_MD5_SHA1|. 915 // 916 // It is an error to call this function with delegated credentials (see 917 // |SSL_CREDENTIAL_new_delegated|) because delegated credentials already 918 // constrain the key to a single algorithm. 919 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CREDENTIAL_set1_signing_algorithm_prefs( 920 SSL_CREDENTIAL *cred, const uint16_t *prefs, size_t num_prefs); 921 922 // SSL_CREDENTIAL_set1_cert_chain sets |cred|'s certificate chain, starting from 923 // the leaf, to |num_cert|s certificates from |certs|. It returns one on success 924 // and zero on error. 925 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CREDENTIAL_set1_cert_chain(SSL_CREDENTIAL *cred, 926 CRYPTO_BUFFER *const *certs, 927 size_t num_certs); 928 929 // SSL_CREDENTIAL_set1_ocsp_response sets |cred|'s stapled OCSP response to 930 // |ocsp|. It returns one on success and zero on error. 931 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CREDENTIAL_set1_ocsp_response(SSL_CREDENTIAL *cred, 932 CRYPTO_BUFFER *ocsp); 933 934 // SSL_CREDENTIAL_set1_signed_cert_timestamp_list sets |cred|'s list of signed 935 // certificate timestamps |sct_list|. |sct_list| must contain one or more SCT 936 // structures serialised as a SignedCertificateTimestampList (see 937 // https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6962#section-3.3) – i.e. each SCT is prefixed 938 // by a big-endian, uint16 length and the concatenation of one or more such 939 // prefixed SCTs are themselves also prefixed by a uint16 length. It returns one 940 // on success and zero on error. 941 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CREDENTIAL_set1_signed_cert_timestamp_list( 942 SSL_CREDENTIAL *cred, CRYPTO_BUFFER *sct_list); 943 944 // SSL_CTX_add1_credential appends |cred| to |ctx|'s credential list. It returns 945 // one on success and zero on error. The credential list is maintained in order 946 // of decreasing preference, so earlier calls are preferred over later calls. 947 // 948 // After calling this function, it is an error to modify |cred|. Doing so may 949 // result in inconsistent handshake behavior or race conditions. 950 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_add1_credential(SSL_CTX *ctx, SSL_CREDENTIAL *cred); 951 952 // SSL_add1_credential appends |cred| to |ssl|'s credential list. It returns one 953 // on success and zero on error. The credential list is maintained in order of 954 // decreasing preference, so earlier calls are preferred over later calls. 955 // 956 // After calling this function, it is an error to modify |cred|. Doing so may 957 // result in inconsistent handshake behavior or race conditions. 958 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_add1_credential(SSL *ssl, SSL_CREDENTIAL *cred); 959 960 // SSL_certs_clear removes all credentials configured on |ssl|. It also removes 961 // the certificate chain and private key on the default credential. 962 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_certs_clear(SSL *ssl); 963 964 // SSL_get0_selected_credential returns the credential in use in the current 965 // handshake on |ssl|. If there is current handshake on |ssl| or if the 966 // handshake has not progressed to this point, it returns NULL. 967 // 968 // This function is intended for use with |SSL_CREDENTIAL_get_ex_data|. It may 969 // be called from handshake callbacks, such as those in 970 // |SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_METHOD|, to trigger credential-specific behavior. 971 // 972 // In applications that use the older APIs, such as |SSL_use_certificate|, this 973 // function may return an internal |SSL_CREDENTIAL| object. This internal object 974 // will have no ex_data installed. To avoid this, it is recommended that callers 975 // moving to |SSL_CREDENTIAL| use the new APIs consistently. 976 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_CREDENTIAL *SSL_get0_selected_credential( 977 const SSL *ssl); 978 979 980 // Configuring certificates and private keys. 981 // 982 // These functions configure the connection's leaf certificate, private key, and 983 // certificate chain. The certificate chain is ordered leaf to root (as sent on 984 // the wire) but does not include the leaf. Both client and server certificates 985 // use these functions. 986 // 987 // Prefer to configure the certificate before the private key. If configured in 988 // the other order, inconsistent private keys will be silently dropped, rather 989 // than return an error. Additionally, overwriting a previously-configured 990 // certificate and key pair only works if the certificate is configured first. 991 // 992 // Each of these functions configures the default credential. To select between 993 // multiple certificates, see |SSL_CREDENTIAL_new_x509| and related APIs. 994 995 // SSL_CTX_use_certificate sets |ctx|'s leaf certificate to |x509|. It returns 996 // one on success and zero on failure. If |ctx| has a private key which is 997 // inconsistent with |x509|, the private key is silently dropped. 998 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_certificate(SSL_CTX *ctx, X509 *x509); 999 1000 // SSL_use_certificate sets |ssl|'s leaf certificate to |x509|. It returns one 1001 // on success and zero on failure. If |ssl| has a private key which is 1002 // inconsistent with |x509|, the private key is silently dropped. 1003 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_certificate(SSL *ssl, X509 *x509); 1004 1005 // SSL_CTX_use_PrivateKey sets |ctx|'s private key to |pkey|. It returns one on 1006 // success and zero on failure. If |ctx| had a private key or 1007 // |SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_METHOD| previously configured, it is replaced. 1008 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_PrivateKey(SSL_CTX *ctx, EVP_PKEY *pkey); 1009 1010 // SSL_use_PrivateKey sets |ssl|'s private key to |pkey|. It returns one on 1011 // success and zero on failure. If |ssl| had a private key or 1012 // |SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_METHOD| previously configured, it is replaced. 1013 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_PrivateKey(SSL *ssl, EVP_PKEY *pkey); 1014 1015 // SSL_CTX_set0_chain sets |ctx|'s certificate chain, excluding the leaf, to 1016 // |chain|. On success, it returns one and takes ownership of |chain|. 1017 // Otherwise, it returns zero. 1018 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set0_chain(SSL_CTX *ctx, STACK_OF(X509) *chain); 1019 1020 // SSL_CTX_set1_chain sets |ctx|'s certificate chain, excluding the leaf, to 1021 // |chain|. It returns one on success and zero on failure. The caller retains 1022 // ownership of |chain| and may release it freely. 1023 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_chain(SSL_CTX *ctx, STACK_OF(X509) *chain); 1024 1025 // SSL_set0_chain sets |ssl|'s certificate chain, excluding the leaf, to 1026 // |chain|. On success, it returns one and takes ownership of |chain|. 1027 // Otherwise, it returns zero. 1028 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set0_chain(SSL *ssl, STACK_OF(X509) *chain); 1029 1030 // SSL_set1_chain sets |ssl|'s certificate chain, excluding the leaf, to 1031 // |chain|. It returns one on success and zero on failure. The caller retains 1032 // ownership of |chain| and may release it freely. 1033 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_chain(SSL *ssl, STACK_OF(X509) *chain); 1034 1035 // SSL_CTX_add0_chain_cert appends |x509| to |ctx|'s certificate chain. On 1036 // success, it returns one and takes ownership of |x509|. Otherwise, it returns 1037 // zero. 1038 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_add0_chain_cert(SSL_CTX *ctx, X509 *x509); 1039 1040 // SSL_CTX_add1_chain_cert appends |x509| to |ctx|'s certificate chain. It 1041 // returns one on success and zero on failure. The caller retains ownership of 1042 // |x509| and may release it freely. 1043 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_add1_chain_cert(SSL_CTX *ctx, X509 *x509); 1044 1045 // SSL_add0_chain_cert appends |x509| to |ctx|'s certificate chain. On success, 1046 // it returns one and takes ownership of |x509|. Otherwise, it returns zero. 1047 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_add0_chain_cert(SSL *ssl, X509 *x509); 1048 1049 // SSL_CTX_add_extra_chain_cert calls |SSL_CTX_add0_chain_cert|. 1050 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_add_extra_chain_cert(SSL_CTX *ctx, X509 *x509); 1051 1052 // SSL_add1_chain_cert appends |x509| to |ctx|'s certificate chain. It returns 1053 // one on success and zero on failure. The caller retains ownership of |x509| 1054 // and may release it freely. 1055 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_add1_chain_cert(SSL *ssl, X509 *x509); 1056 1057 // SSL_CTX_clear_chain_certs clears |ctx|'s certificate chain and returns 1058 // one. 1059 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_clear_chain_certs(SSL_CTX *ctx); 1060 1061 // SSL_CTX_clear_extra_chain_certs calls |SSL_CTX_clear_chain_certs|. 1062 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_clear_extra_chain_certs(SSL_CTX *ctx); 1063 1064 // SSL_clear_chain_certs clears |ssl|'s certificate chain and returns one. 1065 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_clear_chain_certs(SSL *ssl); 1066 1067 // SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb sets a callback that is called to select a certificate. 1068 // The callback returns one on success, zero on internal error, and a negative 1069 // number on failure or to pause the handshake. If the handshake is paused, 1070 // |SSL_get_error| will return |SSL_ERROR_WANT_X509_LOOKUP|. 1071 // 1072 // On the client, the callback may call |SSL_get0_certificate_types| and 1073 // |SSL_get_client_CA_list| for information on the server's certificate 1074 // request. 1075 // 1076 // On the server, the callback will be called after extensions have been 1077 // processed, but before the resumption decision has been made. This differs 1078 // from OpenSSL which handles resumption before selecting the certificate. 1079 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx, 1080 int (*cb)(SSL *ssl, void *arg), 1081 void *arg); 1082 1083 // SSL_set_cert_cb sets a callback that is called to select a certificate. The 1084 // callback returns one on success, zero on internal error, and a negative 1085 // number on failure or to pause the handshake. If the handshake is paused, 1086 // |SSL_get_error| will return |SSL_ERROR_WANT_X509_LOOKUP|. 1087 // 1088 // On the client, the callback may call |SSL_get0_certificate_types| and 1089 // |SSL_get_client_CA_list| for information on the server's certificate 1090 // request. 1091 // 1092 // On the server, the callback will be called after extensions have been 1093 // processed, but before the resumption decision has been made. This differs 1094 // from OpenSSL which handles resumption before selecting the certificate. 1095 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_cert_cb(SSL *ssl, int (*cb)(SSL *ssl, void *arg), 1096 void *arg); 1097 1098 // SSL_get0_certificate_types, for a client, sets |*out_types| to an array 1099 // containing the client certificate types requested by a server. It returns the 1100 // length of the array. Note this list is always empty in TLS 1.3. The server 1101 // will instead send signature algorithms. See 1102 // |SSL_get0_peer_verify_algorithms|. 1103 // 1104 // The behavior of this function is undefined except during the callbacks set by 1105 // by |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| and |SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb| or when the 1106 // handshake is paused because of them. 1107 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get0_certificate_types(const SSL *ssl, 1108 const uint8_t **out_types); 1109 1110 // SSL_get0_peer_verify_algorithms sets |*out_sigalgs| to an array containing 1111 // the signature algorithms the peer is able to verify. It returns the length of 1112 // the array. Note these values are only sent starting TLS 1.2 and only 1113 // mandatory starting TLS 1.3. If not sent, the empty array is returned. For the 1114 // historical client certificate types list, see |SSL_get0_certificate_types|. 1115 // 1116 // The behavior of this function is undefined except during the callbacks set by 1117 // by |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| and |SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb| or when the 1118 // handshake is paused because of them. 1119 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t 1120 SSL_get0_peer_verify_algorithms(const SSL *ssl, const uint16_t **out_sigalgs); 1121 1122 // SSL_get0_peer_delegation_algorithms sets |*out_sigalgs| to an array 1123 // containing the signature algorithms the peer is willing to use with delegated 1124 // credentials. It returns the length of the array. If not sent, the empty 1125 // array is returned. 1126 // 1127 // The behavior of this function is undefined except during the callbacks set by 1128 // by |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| and |SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb| or when the 1129 // handshake is paused because of them. 1130 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t 1131 SSL_get0_peer_delegation_algorithms(const SSL *ssl, 1132 const uint16_t **out_sigalgs); 1133 1134 // SSL_CTX_get0_certificate returns |ctx|'s leaf certificate. 1135 OPENSSL_EXPORT X509 *SSL_CTX_get0_certificate(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 1136 1137 // SSL_get_certificate returns |ssl|'s leaf certificate. 1138 OPENSSL_EXPORT X509 *SSL_get_certificate(const SSL *ssl); 1139 1140 // SSL_CTX_get0_privatekey returns |ctx|'s private key. 1141 OPENSSL_EXPORT EVP_PKEY *SSL_CTX_get0_privatekey(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 1142 1143 // SSL_get_privatekey returns |ssl|'s private key. 1144 OPENSSL_EXPORT EVP_PKEY *SSL_get_privatekey(const SSL *ssl); 1145 1146 // SSL_CTX_get0_chain_certs sets |*out_chain| to |ctx|'s certificate chain and 1147 // returns one. 1148 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get0_chain_certs(const SSL_CTX *ctx, 1149 STACK_OF(X509) **out_chain); 1150 1151 // SSL_CTX_get_extra_chain_certs calls |SSL_CTX_get0_chain_certs|. 1152 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_extra_chain_certs(const SSL_CTX *ctx, 1153 STACK_OF(X509) **out_chain); 1154 1155 // SSL_get0_chain_certs sets |*out_chain| to |ssl|'s certificate chain and 1156 // returns one. 1157 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get0_chain_certs(const SSL *ssl, 1158 STACK_OF(X509) **out_chain); 1159 1160 // SSL_CTX_set_signed_cert_timestamp_list sets the list of signed certificate 1161 // timestamps that is sent to clients that request it. The |list| argument must 1162 // contain one or more SCT structures serialised as a SignedCertificateTimestamp 1163 // List (see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6962#section-3.3) – i.e. each SCT 1164 // is prefixed by a big-endian, uint16 length and the concatenation of one or 1165 // more such prefixed SCTs are themselves also prefixed by a uint16 length. It 1166 // returns one on success and zero on error. The caller retains ownership of 1167 // |list|. 1168 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_signed_cert_timestamp_list(SSL_CTX *ctx, 1169 const uint8_t *list, 1170 size_t list_len); 1171 1172 // SSL_set_signed_cert_timestamp_list sets the list of signed certificate 1173 // timestamps that is sent to clients that request is. The same format as the 1174 // one used for |SSL_CTX_set_signed_cert_timestamp_list| applies. The caller 1175 // retains ownership of |list|. 1176 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_signed_cert_timestamp_list(SSL *ctx, 1177 const uint8_t *list, 1178 size_t list_len); 1179 1180 // SSL_CTX_set_ocsp_response sets the OCSP response that is sent to clients 1181 // which request it. It returns one on success and zero on error. The caller 1182 // retains ownership of |response|. 1183 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_ocsp_response(SSL_CTX *ctx, 1184 const uint8_t *response, 1185 size_t response_len); 1186 1187 // SSL_set_ocsp_response sets the OCSP response that is sent to clients which 1188 // request it. It returns one on success and zero on error. The caller retains 1189 // ownership of |response|. 1190 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_ocsp_response(SSL *ssl, 1191 const uint8_t *response, 1192 size_t response_len); 1193 1194 // SSL_SIGN_* are signature algorithm values as defined in TLS 1.3. 1195 #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_SHA1 0x0201 1196 #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_SHA256 0x0401 1197 #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_SHA384 0x0501 1198 #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_SHA512 0x0601 1199 #define SSL_SIGN_ECDSA_SHA1 0x0203 1200 #define SSL_SIGN_ECDSA_SECP256R1_SHA256 0x0403 1201 #define SSL_SIGN_ECDSA_SECP384R1_SHA384 0x0503 1202 #define SSL_SIGN_ECDSA_SECP521R1_SHA512 0x0603 1203 #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PSS_RSAE_SHA256 0x0804 1204 #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PSS_RSAE_SHA384 0x0805 1205 #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PSS_RSAE_SHA512 0x0806 1206 #define SSL_SIGN_ED25519 0x0807 1207 1208 // SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_SHA256_LEGACY is a backport of RSASSA-PKCS1-v1_5 with 1209 // SHA-256 to TLS 1.3. It is disabled by default and only defined for client 1210 // certificates. 1211 #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_SHA256_LEGACY 0x0420 1212 1213 // SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_MD5_SHA1 is an internal signature algorithm used to 1214 // specify raw RSASSA-PKCS1-v1_5 with an MD5/SHA-1 concatenation, as used in TLS 1215 // before TLS 1.2. 1216 #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_MD5_SHA1 0xff01 1217 1218 // SSL_get_signature_algorithm_name returns a human-readable name for |sigalg|, 1219 // or NULL if unknown. If |include_curve| is one, the curve for ECDSA algorithms 1220 // is included as in TLS 1.3. Otherwise, it is excluded as in TLS 1.2. 1221 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_get_signature_algorithm_name(uint16_t sigalg, 1222 int include_curve); 1223 1224 // SSL_get_all_signature_algorithm_names outputs a list of possible strings 1225 // |SSL_get_signature_algorithm_name| may return in this version of BoringSSL. 1226 // It writes at most |max_out| entries to |out| and returns the total number it 1227 // would have written, if |max_out| had been large enough. |max_out| may be 1228 // initially set to zero to size the output. 1229 // 1230 // This function is only intended to help initialize tables in callers that want 1231 // possible strings pre-declared. This list would not be suitable to set a list 1232 // of supported features. It is in no particular order, and may contain 1233 // placeholder, experimental, or deprecated values that do not apply to every 1234 // caller. Future versions of BoringSSL may also return strings not in this 1235 // list, so this does not apply if, say, sending strings across services. 1236 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_all_signature_algorithm_names(const char **out, 1237 size_t max_out); 1238 1239 // SSL_get_signature_algorithm_key_type returns the key type associated with 1240 // |sigalg| as an |EVP_PKEY_*| constant or |EVP_PKEY_NONE| if unknown. 1241 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_signature_algorithm_key_type(uint16_t sigalg); 1242 1243 // SSL_get_signature_algorithm_digest returns the digest function associated 1244 // with |sigalg| or |NULL| if |sigalg| has no prehash (Ed25519) or is unknown. 1245 OPENSSL_EXPORT const EVP_MD *SSL_get_signature_algorithm_digest( 1246 uint16_t sigalg); 1247 1248 // SSL_is_signature_algorithm_rsa_pss returns one if |sigalg| is an RSA-PSS 1249 // signature algorithm and zero otherwise. 1250 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_is_signature_algorithm_rsa_pss(uint16_t sigalg); 1251 1252 // SSL_CTX_set_signing_algorithm_prefs configures |ctx| to use |prefs| as the 1253 // preference list when signing with |ctx|'s private key. It returns one on 1254 // success and zero on error. |prefs| should not include the internal-only value 1255 // |SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_MD5_SHA1|. 1256 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_signing_algorithm_prefs(SSL_CTX *ctx, 1257 const uint16_t *prefs, 1258 size_t num_prefs); 1259 1260 // SSL_set_signing_algorithm_prefs configures |ssl| to use |prefs| as the 1261 // preference list when signing with |ssl|'s private key. It returns one on 1262 // success and zero on error. |prefs| should not include the internal-only value 1263 // |SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_MD5_SHA1|. 1264 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_signing_algorithm_prefs(SSL *ssl, 1265 const uint16_t *prefs, 1266 size_t num_prefs); 1267 1268 1269 // Certificate and private key convenience functions. 1270 1271 // SSL_CTX_set_chain_and_key sets the certificate chain and private key for a 1272 // TLS client or server. References to the given |CRYPTO_BUFFER| and |EVP_PKEY| 1273 // objects are added as needed. Exactly one of |privkey| or |privkey_method| 1274 // may be non-NULL. Returns one on success and zero on error. 1275 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_chain_and_key( 1276 SSL_CTX *ctx, CRYPTO_BUFFER *const *certs, size_t num_certs, 1277 EVP_PKEY *privkey, const SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_METHOD *privkey_method); 1278 1279 // SSL_set_chain_and_key sets the certificate chain and private key for a TLS 1280 // client or server. References to the given |CRYPTO_BUFFER| and |EVP_PKEY| 1281 // objects are added as needed. Exactly one of |privkey| or |privkey_method| 1282 // may be non-NULL. Returns one on success and zero on error. 1283 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_chain_and_key( 1284 SSL *ssl, CRYPTO_BUFFER *const *certs, size_t num_certs, EVP_PKEY *privkey, 1285 const SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_METHOD *privkey_method); 1286 1287 // SSL_CTX_get0_chain returns the list of |CRYPTO_BUFFER|s that were set by 1288 // |SSL_CTX_set_chain_and_key|. Reference counts are not incremented by this 1289 // call. The return value may be |NULL| if no chain has been set. 1290 // 1291 // (Note: if a chain was configured by non-|CRYPTO_BUFFER|-based functions then 1292 // the return value is undefined and, even if not NULL, the stack itself may 1293 // contain nullptrs. Thus you shouldn't mix this function with 1294 // non-|CRYPTO_BUFFER| functions for manipulating the chain.) 1295 OPENSSL_EXPORT const STACK_OF(CRYPTO_BUFFER) *SSL_CTX_get0_chain( 1296 const SSL_CTX *ctx); 1297 1298 // SSL_get0_chain returns the list of |CRYPTO_BUFFER|s that were set by 1299 // |SSL_set_chain_and_key|, unless they have been discarded. Reference counts 1300 // are not incremented by this call. The return value may be |NULL| if no chain 1301 // has been set. 1302 // 1303 // (Note: if a chain was configured by non-|CRYPTO_BUFFER|-based functions then 1304 // the return value is undefined and, even if not NULL, the stack itself may 1305 // contain nullptrs. Thus you shouldn't mix this function with 1306 // non-|CRYPTO_BUFFER| functions for manipulating the chain.) 1307 // 1308 // This function may return nullptr if a handshake has completed even if 1309 // |SSL_set_chain_and_key| was previously called, since the configuration 1310 // containing the certificates is typically cleared after handshake completion. 1311 OPENSSL_EXPORT const STACK_OF(CRYPTO_BUFFER) *SSL_get0_chain(const SSL *ssl); 1312 1313 // SSL_CTX_use_RSAPrivateKey sets |ctx|'s private key to |rsa|. It returns one 1314 // on success and zero on failure. 1315 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_RSAPrivateKey(SSL_CTX *ctx, RSA *rsa); 1316 1317 // SSL_use_RSAPrivateKey sets |ctx|'s private key to |rsa|. It returns one on 1318 // success and zero on failure. 1319 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_RSAPrivateKey(SSL *ssl, RSA *rsa); 1320 1321 // The following functions configure certificates or private keys but take as 1322 // input DER-encoded structures. They return one on success and zero on 1323 // failure. 1324 1325 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_certificate_ASN1(SSL_CTX *ctx, size_t der_len, 1326 const uint8_t *der); 1327 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_certificate_ASN1(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *der, 1328 size_t der_len); 1329 1330 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_PrivateKey_ASN1(int pk, SSL_CTX *ctx, 1331 const uint8_t *der, 1332 size_t der_len); 1333 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_PrivateKey_ASN1(int type, SSL *ssl, 1334 const uint8_t *der, size_t der_len); 1335 1336 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_RSAPrivateKey_ASN1(SSL_CTX *ctx, 1337 const uint8_t *der, 1338 size_t der_len); 1339 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_RSAPrivateKey_ASN1(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *der, 1340 size_t der_len); 1341 1342 // The following functions configure certificates or private keys but take as 1343 // input files to read from. They return one on success and zero on failure. The 1344 // |type| parameter is one of the |SSL_FILETYPE_*| values and determines whether 1345 // the file's contents are read as PEM or DER. 1346 1347 #define SSL_FILETYPE_PEM 1 1348 #define SSL_FILETYPE_ASN1 2 1349 1350 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_RSAPrivateKey_file(SSL_CTX *ctx, 1351 const char *file, 1352 int type); 1353 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_RSAPrivateKey_file(SSL *ssl, const char *file, 1354 int type); 1355 1356 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_certificate_file(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *file, 1357 int type); 1358 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_certificate_file(SSL *ssl, const char *file, 1359 int type); 1360 1361 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_PrivateKey_file(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *file, 1362 int type); 1363 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_PrivateKey_file(SSL *ssl, const char *file, 1364 int type); 1365 1366 // SSL_CTX_use_certificate_chain_file configures certificates for |ctx|. It 1367 // reads the contents of |file| as a PEM-encoded leaf certificate followed 1368 // optionally by the certificate chain to send to the peer. It returns one on 1369 // success and zero on failure. 1370 // 1371 // WARNING: If the input contains "TRUSTED CERTIFICATE" PEM blocks, this 1372 // function parses auxiliary properties as in |d2i_X509_AUX|. Passing untrusted 1373 // input to this function allows an attacker to influence those properties. See 1374 // |d2i_X509_AUX| for details. 1375 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_certificate_chain_file(SSL_CTX *ctx, 1376 const char *file); 1377 1378 // SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb sets the password callback for PEM-based 1379 // convenience functions called on |ctx|. 1380 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx, 1381 pem_password_cb *cb); 1382 1383 // SSL_CTX_get_default_passwd_cb returns the callback set by 1384 // |SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb|. 1385 OPENSSL_EXPORT pem_password_cb *SSL_CTX_get_default_passwd_cb( 1386 const SSL_CTX *ctx); 1387 1388 // SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb_userdata sets the userdata parameter for 1389 // |ctx|'s password callback. 1390 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb_userdata(SSL_CTX *ctx, 1391 void *data); 1392 1393 // SSL_CTX_get_default_passwd_cb_userdata returns the userdata parameter set by 1394 // |SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb_userdata|. 1395 OPENSSL_EXPORT void *SSL_CTX_get_default_passwd_cb_userdata(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 1396 1397 1398 // Custom private keys. 1399 1400 enum ssl_private_key_result_t BORINGSSL_ENUM_INT { 1401 ssl_private_key_success, 1402 ssl_private_key_retry, 1403 ssl_private_key_failure, 1404 }; 1405 1406 // ssl_private_key_method_st (aka |SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_METHOD|) describes private 1407 // key hooks. This is used to off-load signing operations to a custom, 1408 // potentially asynchronous, backend. Metadata about the key such as the type 1409 // and size are parsed out of the certificate. 1410 struct ssl_private_key_method_st { 1411 // sign signs the message |in| in using the specified signature algorithm. On 1412 // success, it returns |ssl_private_key_success| and writes at most |max_out| 1413 // bytes of signature data to |out| and sets |*out_len| to the number of bytes 1414 // written. On failure, it returns |ssl_private_key_failure|. If the operation 1415 // has not completed, it returns |ssl_private_key_retry|. |sign| should 1416 // arrange for the high-level operation on |ssl| to be retried when the 1417 // operation is completed. This will result in a call to |complete|. 1418 // 1419 // |signature_algorithm| is one of the |SSL_SIGN_*| values, as defined in TLS 1420 // 1.3. Note that, in TLS 1.2, ECDSA algorithms do not require that curve 1421 // sizes match hash sizes, so the curve portion of |SSL_SIGN_ECDSA_*| values 1422 // must be ignored. BoringSSL will internally handle the curve matching logic 1423 // where appropriate. 1424 // 1425 // It is an error to call |sign| while another private key operation is in 1426 // progress on |ssl|. 1427 enum ssl_private_key_result_t (*sign)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, size_t *out_len, 1428 size_t max_out, 1429 uint16_t signature_algorithm, 1430 const uint8_t *in, size_t in_len); 1431 1432 // decrypt decrypts |in_len| bytes of encrypted data from |in|. On success it 1433 // returns |ssl_private_key_success|, writes at most |max_out| bytes of 1434 // decrypted data to |out| and sets |*out_len| to the actual number of bytes 1435 // written. On failure it returns |ssl_private_key_failure|. If the operation 1436 // has not completed, it returns |ssl_private_key_retry|. The caller should 1437 // arrange for the high-level operation on |ssl| to be retried when the 1438 // operation is completed, which will result in a call to |complete|. This 1439 // function only works with RSA keys and should perform a raw RSA decryption 1440 // operation with no padding. 1441 // 1442 // It is an error to call |decrypt| while another private key operation is in 1443 // progress on |ssl|. 1444 enum ssl_private_key_result_t (*decrypt)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, 1445 size_t *out_len, size_t max_out, 1446 const uint8_t *in, size_t in_len); 1447 1448 // complete completes a pending operation. If the operation has completed, it 1449 // returns |ssl_private_key_success| and writes the result to |out| as in 1450 // |sign|. Otherwise, it returns |ssl_private_key_failure| on failure and 1451 // |ssl_private_key_retry| if the operation is still in progress. 1452 // 1453 // |complete| may be called arbitrarily many times before completion, but it 1454 // is an error to call |complete| if there is no pending operation in progress 1455 // on |ssl|. 1456 enum ssl_private_key_result_t (*complete)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, 1457 size_t *out_len, size_t max_out); 1458 }; 1459 1460 // SSL_set_private_key_method configures a custom private key on |ssl|. 1461 // |key_method| must remain valid for the lifetime of |ssl|. 1462 // 1463 // If using an RSA or ECDSA key, callers should configure signing capabilities 1464 // with |SSL_set_signing_algorithm_prefs|. Otherwise, BoringSSL may select a 1465 // signature algorithm that |key_method| does not support. 1466 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_private_key_method( 1467 SSL *ssl, const SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_METHOD *key_method); 1468 1469 // SSL_CTX_set_private_key_method configures a custom private key on |ctx|. 1470 // |key_method| must remain valid for the lifetime of |ctx|. 1471 // 1472 // If using an RSA or ECDSA key, callers should configure signing capabilities 1473 // with |SSL_CTX_set_signing_algorithm_prefs|. Otherwise, BoringSSL may select a 1474 // signature algorithm that |key_method| does not support. 1475 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_private_key_method( 1476 SSL_CTX *ctx, const SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_METHOD *key_method); 1477 1478 // SSL_CREDENTIAL_set_private_key_method configures a custom private key on 1479 // |cred|. |key_method| must remain valid for the lifetime of |cred|. It returns 1480 // one on success and zero if |cred| does not use private keys. 1481 // 1482 // If using an RSA or ECDSA key, callers should configure signing capabilities 1483 // with |SSL_CREDENTIAL_set1_signing_algorithm_prefs|. Otherwise, BoringSSL may 1484 // select a signature algorithm that |key_method| does not support. This is not 1485 // necessary for delegated credentials (see |SSL_CREDENTIAL_new_delegated|) 1486 // because delegated credentials only support a single signature algorithm. 1487 // 1488 // Functions in |key_method| will be passed an |SSL| object, but not |cred| 1489 // directly. Use |SSL_get0_selected_credential| to determine the selected 1490 // credential. From there, |SSL_CREDENTIAL_get_ex_data| can be used to look up 1491 // credential-specific state, such as a handle to the private key. 1492 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CREDENTIAL_set_private_key_method( 1493 SSL_CREDENTIAL *cred, const SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_METHOD *key_method); 1494 1495 // SSL_can_release_private_key returns one if |ssl| will no longer call into the 1496 // private key and zero otherwise. If the function returns one, the caller can 1497 // release state associated with the private key. 1498 // 1499 // NOTE: This function assumes the caller does not use |SSL_clear| to reuse 1500 // |ssl| for a second connection. If |SSL_clear| is used, BoringSSL may still 1501 // use the private key on the second connection. 1502 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_can_release_private_key(const SSL *ssl); 1503 1504 1505 // Cipher suites. 1506 // 1507 // |SSL_CIPHER| objects represent cipher suites. 1508 1509 DEFINE_CONST_STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER) 1510 1511 // SSL_get_cipher_by_value returns the structure representing a TLS cipher 1512 // suite based on its assigned number, or NULL if unknown. See 1513 // https://www.iana.org/assignments/tls-parameters/tls-parameters.xhtml#tls-parameters-4. 1514 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_CIPHER *SSL_get_cipher_by_value(uint16_t value); 1515 1516 // SSL_CIPHER_get_id returns |cipher|'s non-IANA id. This is not its 1517 // IANA-assigned number, which is called the "value" here, although it may be 1518 // cast to a |uint16_t| to get it. 1519 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CIPHER_get_id(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); 1520 1521 // SSL_CIPHER_get_protocol_id returns |cipher|'s IANA-assigned number. 1522 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t SSL_CIPHER_get_protocol_id(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); 1523 1524 // SSL_CIPHER_is_aead returns one if |cipher| uses an AEAD cipher. 1525 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_is_aead(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); 1526 1527 // SSL_CIPHER_is_block_cipher returns one if |cipher| is a block cipher. 1528 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_is_block_cipher(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); 1529 1530 // SSL_CIPHER_get_cipher_nid returns the NID for |cipher|'s bulk 1531 // cipher. Possible values are |NID_aes_128_gcm|, |NID_aes_256_gcm|, 1532 // |NID_chacha20_poly1305|, |NID_aes_128_cbc|, |NID_aes_256_cbc|, and 1533 // |NID_des_ede3_cbc|. 1534 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_get_cipher_nid(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); 1535 1536 // SSL_CIPHER_get_digest_nid returns the NID for |cipher|'s HMAC if it is a 1537 // legacy cipher suite. For modern AEAD-based ciphers (see 1538 // |SSL_CIPHER_is_aead|), it returns |NID_undef|. 1539 // 1540 // Note this function only returns the legacy HMAC digest, not the PRF hash. 1541 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_get_digest_nid(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); 1542 1543 // SSL_CIPHER_get_kx_nid returns the NID for |cipher|'s key exchange. This may 1544 // be |NID_kx_rsa|, |NID_kx_ecdhe|, or |NID_kx_psk| for TLS 1.2. In TLS 1.3, 1545 // cipher suites do not specify the key exchange, so this function returns 1546 // |NID_kx_any|. 1547 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_get_kx_nid(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); 1548 1549 // SSL_CIPHER_get_auth_nid returns the NID for |cipher|'s authentication 1550 // type. This may be |NID_auth_rsa|, |NID_auth_ecdsa|, or |NID_auth_psk| for TLS 1551 // 1.2. In TLS 1.3, cipher suites do not specify authentication, so this 1552 // function returns |NID_auth_any|. 1553 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_get_auth_nid(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); 1554 1555 // SSL_CIPHER_get_handshake_digest returns |cipher|'s PRF hash. If |cipher| 1556 // is a pre-TLS-1.2 cipher, it returns |EVP_md5_sha1| but note these ciphers use 1557 // SHA-256 in TLS 1.2. Other return values may be treated uniformly in all 1558 // applicable versions. 1559 OPENSSL_EXPORT const EVP_MD *SSL_CIPHER_get_handshake_digest( 1560 const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); 1561 1562 // SSL_CIPHER_get_prf_nid behaves like |SSL_CIPHER_get_handshake_digest| but 1563 // returns the NID constant. Use |SSL_CIPHER_get_handshake_digest| instead. 1564 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_get_prf_nid(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); 1565 1566 // SSL_CIPHER_get_min_version returns the minimum protocol version required 1567 // for |cipher|. 1568 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t SSL_CIPHER_get_min_version(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); 1569 1570 // SSL_CIPHER_get_max_version returns the maximum protocol version that 1571 // supports |cipher|. 1572 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t SSL_CIPHER_get_max_version(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); 1573 1574 // SSL_CIPHER_standard_name returns the standard IETF name for |cipher|. For 1575 // example, "TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256". 1576 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_CIPHER_standard_name(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); 1577 1578 // SSL_CIPHER_get_name returns the OpenSSL name of |cipher|. For example, 1579 // "ECDHE-RSA-AES128-GCM-SHA256". Callers are recommended to use 1580 // |SSL_CIPHER_standard_name| instead. 1581 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_CIPHER_get_name(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); 1582 1583 // SSL_CIPHER_get_kx_name returns a string that describes the key-exchange 1584 // method used by |cipher|. For example, "ECDHE_ECDSA". TLS 1.3 AEAD-only 1585 // ciphers return the string "GENERIC". 1586 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_CIPHER_get_kx_name(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); 1587 1588 // SSL_CIPHER_get_bits returns the strength, in bits, of |cipher|. If 1589 // |out_alg_bits| is not NULL, it writes the number of bits consumed by the 1590 // symmetric algorithm to |*out_alg_bits|. 1591 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_get_bits(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher, 1592 int *out_alg_bits); 1593 1594 // SSL_get_all_cipher_names outputs a list of possible strings 1595 // |SSL_CIPHER_get_name| may return in this version of BoringSSL. It writes at 1596 // most |max_out| entries to |out| and returns the total number it would have 1597 // written, if |max_out| had been large enough. |max_out| may be initially set 1598 // to zero to size the output. 1599 // 1600 // This function is only intended to help initialize tables in callers that want 1601 // possible strings pre-declared. This list would not be suitable to set a list 1602 // of supported features. It is in no particular order, and may contain 1603 // placeholder, experimental, or deprecated values that do not apply to every 1604 // caller. Future versions of BoringSSL may also return strings not in this 1605 // list, so this does not apply if, say, sending strings across services. 1606 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_all_cipher_names(const char **out, 1607 size_t max_out); 1608 1609 1610 // SSL_get_all_standard_cipher_names outputs a list of possible strings 1611 // |SSL_CIPHER_standard_name| may return in this version of BoringSSL. It writes 1612 // at most |max_out| entries to |out| and returns the total number it would have 1613 // written, if |max_out| had been large enough. |max_out| may be initially set 1614 // to zero to size the output. 1615 // 1616 // This function is only intended to help initialize tables in callers that want 1617 // possible strings pre-declared. This list would not be suitable to set a list 1618 // of supported features. It is in no particular order, and may contain 1619 // placeholder, experimental, or deprecated values that do not apply to every 1620 // caller. Future versions of BoringSSL may also return strings not in this 1621 // list, so this does not apply if, say, sending strings across services. 1622 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_all_standard_cipher_names(const char **out, 1623 size_t max_out); 1624 1625 1626 // Cipher suite configuration. 1627 // 1628 // OpenSSL uses a mini-language to configure cipher suites. The language 1629 // maintains an ordered list of enabled ciphers, along with an ordered list of 1630 // disabled but available ciphers. Initially, all ciphers are disabled with a 1631 // default ordering. The cipher string is then interpreted as a sequence of 1632 // directives, separated by colons, each of which modifies this state. 1633 // 1634 // Most directives consist of a one character or empty opcode followed by a 1635 // selector which matches a subset of available ciphers. 1636 // 1637 // Available opcodes are: 1638 // 1639 // - The empty opcode enables and appends all matching disabled ciphers to the 1640 // end of the enabled list. The newly appended ciphers are ordered relative to 1641 // each other matching their order in the disabled list. 1642 // 1643 // - |-| disables all matching enabled ciphers and prepends them to the disabled 1644 // list, with relative order from the enabled list preserved. This means the 1645 // most recently disabled ciphers get highest preference relative to other 1646 // disabled ciphers if re-enabled. 1647 // 1648 // - |+| moves all matching enabled ciphers to the end of the enabled list, with 1649 // relative order preserved. 1650 // 1651 // - |!| deletes all matching ciphers, enabled or not, from either list. Deleted 1652 // ciphers will not matched by future operations. 1653 // 1654 // A selector may be a specific cipher (using either the standard or OpenSSL 1655 // name for the cipher) or one or more rules separated by |+|. The final 1656 // selector matches the intersection of each rule. For instance, |AESGCM+aECDSA| 1657 // matches ECDSA-authenticated AES-GCM ciphers. 1658 // 1659 // Available cipher rules are: 1660 // 1661 // - |ALL| matches all ciphers, except for deprecated ciphers which must be 1662 // named explicitly. 1663 // 1664 // - |kRSA|, |kDHE|, |kECDHE|, and |kPSK| match ciphers using plain RSA, DHE, 1665 // ECDHE, and plain PSK key exchanges, respectively. Note that ECDHE_PSK is 1666 // matched by |kECDHE| and not |kPSK|. 1667 // 1668 // - |aRSA|, |aECDSA|, and |aPSK| match ciphers authenticated by RSA, ECDSA, and 1669 // a pre-shared key, respectively. 1670 // 1671 // - |RSA|, |DHE|, |ECDHE|, |PSK|, |ECDSA|, and |PSK| are aliases for the 1672 // corresponding |k*| or |a*| cipher rule. |RSA| is an alias for |kRSA|, not 1673 // |aRSA|. 1674 // 1675 // - |3DES|, |AES128|, |AES256|, |AES|, |AESGCM|, |CHACHA20| match ciphers 1676 // whose bulk cipher use the corresponding encryption scheme. Note that 1677 // |AES|, |AES128|, and |AES256| match both CBC and GCM ciphers. 1678 // 1679 // - |SHA1|, and its alias |SHA|, match legacy cipher suites using HMAC-SHA1. 1680 // 1681 // Deprecated cipher rules: 1682 // 1683 // - |kEDH|, |EDH|, |kEECDH|, and |EECDH| are legacy aliases for |kDHE|, |DHE|, 1684 // |kECDHE|, and |ECDHE|, respectively. 1685 // 1686 // - |HIGH| is an alias for |ALL|. 1687 // 1688 // - |FIPS| is an alias for |HIGH|. 1689 // 1690 // - |SSLv3| and |TLSv1| match ciphers available in TLS 1.1 or earlier. 1691 // |TLSv1_2| matches ciphers new in TLS 1.2. This is confusing and should not 1692 // be used. 1693 // 1694 // Unknown rules are silently ignored by legacy APIs, and rejected by APIs with 1695 // "strict" in the name, which should be preferred. Cipher lists can be long 1696 // and it's easy to commit typos. Strict functions will also reject the use of 1697 // spaces, semi-colons and commas as alternative separators. 1698 // 1699 // The special |@STRENGTH| directive will sort all enabled ciphers by strength. 1700 // 1701 // The |DEFAULT| directive, when appearing at the front of the string, expands 1702 // to the default ordering of available ciphers. 1703 // 1704 // If configuring a server, one may also configure equal-preference groups to 1705 // partially respect the client's preferences when 1706 // |SSL_OP_CIPHER_SERVER_PREFERENCE| is enabled. Ciphers in an equal-preference 1707 // group have equal priority and use the client order. This may be used to 1708 // enforce that AEADs are preferred but select AES-GCM vs. ChaCha20-Poly1305 1709 // based on client preferences. An equal-preference is specified with square 1710 // brackets, combining multiple selectors separated by |. For example: 1711 // 1712 // [TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_CHACHA20_POLY1305_SHA256|TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256] 1713 // 1714 // Once an equal-preference group is used, future directives must be 1715 // opcode-less. Inside an equal-preference group, spaces are not allowed. 1716 // 1717 // TLS 1.3 ciphers do not participate in this mechanism and instead have a 1718 // built-in preference order. Functions to set cipher lists do not affect TLS 1719 // 1.3, and functions to query the cipher list do not include TLS 1.3 ciphers. 1720 1721 // SSL_DEFAULT_CIPHER_LIST is the default cipher suite configuration. It is 1722 // substituted when a cipher string starts with 'DEFAULT'. 1723 #define SSL_DEFAULT_CIPHER_LIST "ALL" 1724 1725 // SSL_CTX_set_strict_cipher_list configures the cipher list for |ctx|, 1726 // evaluating |str| as a cipher string and returning error if |str| contains 1727 // anything meaningless. It returns one on success and zero on failure. 1728 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_strict_cipher_list(SSL_CTX *ctx, 1729 const char *str); 1730 1731 // SSL_CTX_set_cipher_list configures the cipher list for |ctx|, evaluating 1732 // |str| as a cipher string. It returns one on success and zero on failure. 1733 // 1734 // Prefer to use |SSL_CTX_set_strict_cipher_list|. This function tolerates 1735 // garbage inputs, unless an empty cipher list results. 1736 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_cipher_list(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *str); 1737 1738 // SSL_set_strict_cipher_list configures the cipher list for |ssl|, evaluating 1739 // |str| as a cipher string and returning error if |str| contains anything 1740 // meaningless. It returns one on success and zero on failure. 1741 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_strict_cipher_list(SSL *ssl, const char *str); 1742 1743 // SSL_set_cipher_list configures the cipher list for |ssl|, evaluating |str| as 1744 // a cipher string. It returns one on success and zero on failure. 1745 // 1746 // Prefer to use |SSL_set_strict_cipher_list|. This function tolerates garbage 1747 // inputs, unless an empty cipher list results. 1748 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_cipher_list(SSL *ssl, const char *str); 1749 1750 // SSL_CTX_get_ciphers returns the cipher list for |ctx|, in order of 1751 // preference. 1752 OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER) *SSL_CTX_get_ciphers(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 1753 1754 // SSL_CTX_cipher_in_group returns one if the |i|th cipher (see 1755 // |SSL_CTX_get_ciphers|) is in the same equipreference group as the one 1756 // following it and zero otherwise. 1757 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_cipher_in_group(const SSL_CTX *ctx, size_t i); 1758 1759 // SSL_get_ciphers returns the cipher list for |ssl|, in order of preference. 1760 OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER) *SSL_get_ciphers(const SSL *ssl); 1761 1762 1763 // Connection information. 1764 1765 // SSL_is_init_finished returns one if |ssl| has completed its initial handshake 1766 // and has no pending handshake. It returns zero otherwise. 1767 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_is_init_finished(const SSL *ssl); 1768 1769 // SSL_in_init returns one if |ssl| has a pending handshake and zero 1770 // otherwise. 1771 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_in_init(const SSL *ssl); 1772 1773 // SSL_in_false_start returns one if |ssl| has a pending handshake that is in 1774 // False Start. |SSL_write| may be called at this point without waiting for the 1775 // peer, but |SSL_read| will complete the handshake before accepting application 1776 // data. 1777 // 1778 // See also |SSL_MODE_ENABLE_FALSE_START|. 1779 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_in_false_start(const SSL *ssl); 1780 1781 // SSL_get_peer_certificate returns the peer's leaf certificate or NULL if the 1782 // peer did not use certificates. The caller must call |X509_free| on the 1783 // result to release it. 1784 OPENSSL_EXPORT X509 *SSL_get_peer_certificate(const SSL *ssl); 1785 1786 // SSL_get_peer_cert_chain returns the peer's certificate chain or NULL if 1787 // unavailable or the peer did not use certificates. This is the unverified list 1788 // of certificates as sent by the peer, not the final chain built during 1789 // verification. The caller does not take ownership of the result. 1790 // 1791 // WARNING: This function behaves differently between client and server. If 1792 // |ssl| is a server, the returned chain does not include the leaf certificate. 1793 // If a client, it does. 1794 OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(X509) *SSL_get_peer_cert_chain(const SSL *ssl); 1795 1796 // SSL_get_peer_full_cert_chain returns the peer's certificate chain, or NULL if 1797 // unavailable or the peer did not use certificates. This is the unverified list 1798 // of certificates as sent by the peer, not the final chain built during 1799 // verification. The caller does not take ownership of the result. 1800 // 1801 // This is the same as |SSL_get_peer_cert_chain| except that this function 1802 // always returns the full chain, i.e. the first element of the return value 1803 // (if any) will be the leaf certificate. In constrast, 1804 // |SSL_get_peer_cert_chain| returns only the intermediate certificates if the 1805 // |ssl| is a server. 1806 OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(X509) *SSL_get_peer_full_cert_chain(const SSL *ssl); 1807 1808 // SSL_get0_peer_certificates returns the peer's certificate chain, or NULL if 1809 // unavailable or the peer did not use certificates. This is the unverified list 1810 // of certificates as sent by the peer, not the final chain built during 1811 // verification. The caller does not take ownership of the result. 1812 // 1813 // This is the |CRYPTO_BUFFER| variant of |SSL_get_peer_full_cert_chain|. 1814 OPENSSL_EXPORT const STACK_OF(CRYPTO_BUFFER) * 1815 SSL_get0_peer_certificates(const SSL *ssl); 1816 1817 // SSL_get0_signed_cert_timestamp_list sets |*out| and |*out_len| to point to 1818 // |*out_len| bytes of SCT information from the server. This is only valid if 1819 // |ssl| is a client. The SCT information is a SignedCertificateTimestampList 1820 // (including the two leading length bytes). 1821 // See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6962#section-3.3 1822 // If no SCT was received then |*out_len| will be zero on return. 1823 // 1824 // WARNING: the returned data is not guaranteed to be well formed. 1825 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_get0_signed_cert_timestamp_list(const SSL *ssl, 1826 const uint8_t **out, 1827 size_t *out_len); 1828 1829 // SSL_get0_ocsp_response sets |*out| and |*out_len| to point to |*out_len| 1830 // bytes of an OCSP response from the server. This is the DER encoding of an 1831 // OCSPResponse type as defined in RFC 2560. 1832 // 1833 // WARNING: the returned data is not guaranteed to be well formed. 1834 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_get0_ocsp_response(const SSL *ssl, const uint8_t **out, 1835 size_t *out_len); 1836 1837 // SSL_get_tls_unique writes at most |max_out| bytes of the tls-unique value 1838 // for |ssl| to |out| and sets |*out_len| to the number of bytes written. It 1839 // returns one on success or zero on error. In general |max_out| should be at 1840 // least 12. 1841 // 1842 // This function will always fail if the initial handshake has not completed. 1843 // The tls-unique value will change after a renegotiation but, since 1844 // renegotiations can be initiated by the server at any point, the higher-level 1845 // protocol must either leave them disabled or define states in which the 1846 // tls-unique value can be read. 1847 // 1848 // The tls-unique value is defined by 1849 // https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5929#section-3.1. Due to a weakness in the 1850 // TLS protocol, tls-unique is broken for resumed connections unless the 1851 // Extended Master Secret extension is negotiated. Thus this function will 1852 // return zero if |ssl| performed session resumption unless EMS was used when 1853 // negotiating the original session. 1854 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_tls_unique(const SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, 1855 size_t *out_len, size_t max_out); 1856 1857 // SSL_get_extms_support returns one if the Extended Master Secret extension or 1858 // TLS 1.3 was negotiated. Otherwise, it returns zero. 1859 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_extms_support(const SSL *ssl); 1860 1861 // SSL_get_current_cipher returns cipher suite used by |ssl|, or NULL if it has 1862 // not been negotiated yet. 1863 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_CIPHER *SSL_get_current_cipher(const SSL *ssl); 1864 1865 // SSL_session_reused returns one if |ssl| performed an abbreviated handshake 1866 // and zero otherwise. 1867 // 1868 // TODO(davidben): Hammer down the semantics of this API while a handshake, 1869 // initial or renego, is in progress. 1870 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_session_reused(const SSL *ssl); 1871 1872 // SSL_get_secure_renegotiation_support returns one if the peer supports secure 1873 // renegotiation (RFC 5746) or TLS 1.3. Otherwise, it returns zero. 1874 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_secure_renegotiation_support(const SSL *ssl); 1875 1876 // SSL_export_keying_material exports a value derived from the master secret, as 1877 // specified in RFC 5705. It writes |out_len| bytes to |out| given a label and 1878 // optional context. (Since a zero length context is allowed, the |use_context| 1879 // flag controls whether a context is included.) 1880 // 1881 // It returns one on success and zero otherwise. 1882 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_export_keying_material( 1883 SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, size_t out_len, const char *label, size_t label_len, 1884 const uint8_t *context, size_t context_len, int use_context); 1885 1886 1887 // Sessions. 1888 // 1889 // An |SSL_SESSION| represents an SSL session that may be resumed in an 1890 // abbreviated handshake. It is reference-counted and immutable. Once 1891 // established, an |SSL_SESSION| may be shared by multiple |SSL| objects on 1892 // different threads and must not be modified. 1893 // 1894 // Note the TLS notion of "session" is not suitable for application-level 1895 // session state. It is an optional caching mechanism for the handshake. Not all 1896 // connections within an application-level session will reuse TLS sessions. TLS 1897 // sessions may be dropped by the client or ignored by the server at any time. 1898 1899 DECLARE_PEM_rw(SSL_SESSION, SSL_SESSION) 1900 1901 // SSL_SESSION_new returns a newly-allocated blank |SSL_SESSION| or NULL on 1902 // error. This may be useful when writing tests but should otherwise not be 1903 // used. 1904 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *SSL_SESSION_new(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 1905 1906 // SSL_SESSION_up_ref increments the reference count of |session| and returns 1907 // one. 1908 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_up_ref(SSL_SESSION *session); 1909 1910 // SSL_SESSION_free decrements the reference count of |session|. If it reaches 1911 // zero, all data referenced by |session| and |session| itself are released. 1912 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_SESSION_free(SSL_SESSION *session); 1913 1914 // SSL_SESSION_to_bytes serializes |in| into a newly allocated buffer and sets 1915 // |*out_data| to that buffer and |*out_len| to its length. The caller takes 1916 // ownership of the buffer and must call |OPENSSL_free| when done. It returns 1917 // one on success and zero on error. 1918 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_to_bytes(const SSL_SESSION *in, 1919 uint8_t **out_data, size_t *out_len); 1920 1921 // SSL_SESSION_to_bytes_for_ticket serializes |in|, but excludes the session 1922 // identification information, namely the session ID and ticket. 1923 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_to_bytes_for_ticket(const SSL_SESSION *in, 1924 uint8_t **out_data, 1925 size_t *out_len); 1926 1927 // SSL_SESSION_from_bytes parses |in_len| bytes from |in| as an SSL_SESSION. It 1928 // returns a newly-allocated |SSL_SESSION| on success or NULL on error. 1929 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *SSL_SESSION_from_bytes( 1930 const uint8_t *in, size_t in_len, const SSL_CTX *ctx); 1931 1932 // SSL_SESSION_get_version returns a string describing the TLS or DTLS version 1933 // |session| was established at. For example, "TLSv1.2" or "DTLSv1". 1934 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_SESSION_get_version(const SSL_SESSION *session); 1935 1936 // SSL_SESSION_get_protocol_version returns the TLS or DTLS version |session| 1937 // was established at. 1938 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t 1939 SSL_SESSION_get_protocol_version(const SSL_SESSION *session); 1940 1941 // SSL_SESSION_set_protocol_version sets |session|'s TLS or DTLS version to 1942 // |version|. This may be useful when writing tests but should otherwise not be 1943 // used. It returns one on success and zero on error. 1944 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_set_protocol_version(SSL_SESSION *session, 1945 uint16_t version); 1946 1947 // SSL_MAX_SSL_SESSION_ID_LENGTH is the maximum length of an SSL session ID. 1948 #define SSL_MAX_SSL_SESSION_ID_LENGTH 32 1949 1950 // SSL_SESSION_get_id returns a pointer to a buffer containing |session|'s 1951 // session ID and sets |*out_len| to its length. 1952 // 1953 // This function should only be used for implementing a TLS session cache. TLS 1954 // sessions are not suitable for application-level session state, and a session 1955 // ID is an implementation detail of the TLS resumption handshake mechanism. Not 1956 // all resumption flows use session IDs, and not all connections within an 1957 // application-level session will reuse TLS sessions. 1958 // 1959 // To determine if resumption occurred, use |SSL_session_reused| instead. 1960 // Comparing session IDs will not give the right result in all cases. 1961 // 1962 // As a workaround for some broken applications, BoringSSL sometimes synthesizes 1963 // arbitrary session IDs for non-ID-based sessions. This behavior may be 1964 // removed in the future. 1965 OPENSSL_EXPORT const uint8_t *SSL_SESSION_get_id(const SSL_SESSION *session, 1966 unsigned *out_len); 1967 1968 // SSL_SESSION_set1_id sets |session|'s session ID to |sid|, It returns one on 1969 // success and zero on error. This function may be useful in writing tests but 1970 // otherwise should not be used. 1971 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_set1_id(SSL_SESSION *session, const uint8_t *sid, 1972 size_t sid_len); 1973 1974 // SSL_SESSION_get_time returns the time at which |session| was established in 1975 // seconds since the UNIX epoch. 1976 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint64_t SSL_SESSION_get_time(const SSL_SESSION *session); 1977 1978 // SSL_SESSION_get_timeout returns the lifetime of |session| in seconds. 1979 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_SESSION_get_timeout(const SSL_SESSION *session); 1980 1981 // SSL_SESSION_get0_peer returns the peer leaf certificate stored in 1982 // |session|. 1983 // 1984 // TODO(davidben): This should return a const X509 *. 1985 OPENSSL_EXPORT X509 *SSL_SESSION_get0_peer(const SSL_SESSION *session); 1986 1987 // SSL_SESSION_get0_peer_certificates returns the peer certificate chain stored 1988 // in |session|, or NULL if the peer did not use certificates. This is the 1989 // unverified list of certificates as sent by the peer, not the final chain 1990 // built during verification. The caller does not take ownership of the result. 1991 OPENSSL_EXPORT const STACK_OF(CRYPTO_BUFFER) * 1992 SSL_SESSION_get0_peer_certificates(const SSL_SESSION *session); 1993 1994 // SSL_SESSION_get0_signed_cert_timestamp_list sets |*out| and |*out_len| to 1995 // point to |*out_len| bytes of SCT information stored in |session|. This is 1996 // only valid for client sessions. The SCT information is a 1997 // SignedCertificateTimestampList (including the two leading length bytes). See 1998 // https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6962#section-3.3 If no SCT was received then 1999 // |*out_len| will be zero on return. 2000 // 2001 // WARNING: the returned data is not guaranteed to be well formed. 2002 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_SESSION_get0_signed_cert_timestamp_list( 2003 const SSL_SESSION *session, const uint8_t **out, size_t *out_len); 2004 2005 // SSL_SESSION_get0_ocsp_response sets |*out| and |*out_len| to point to 2006 // |*out_len| bytes of an OCSP response from the server. This is the DER 2007 // encoding of an OCSPResponse type as defined in RFC 2560. 2008 // 2009 // WARNING: the returned data is not guaranteed to be well formed. 2010 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_SESSION_get0_ocsp_response(const SSL_SESSION *session, 2011 const uint8_t **out, 2012 size_t *out_len); 2013 2014 // SSL_MAX_MASTER_KEY_LENGTH is the maximum length of a master secret. 2015 #define SSL_MAX_MASTER_KEY_LENGTH 48 2016 2017 // SSL_SESSION_get_master_key writes up to |max_out| bytes of |session|'s secret 2018 // to |out| and returns the number of bytes written. If |max_out| is zero, it 2019 // returns the size of the secret. 2020 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_SESSION_get_master_key(const SSL_SESSION *session, 2021 uint8_t *out, size_t max_out); 2022 2023 // SSL_SESSION_set_time sets |session|'s creation time to |time| and returns 2024 // |time|. This function may be useful in writing tests but otherwise should not 2025 // be used. 2026 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint64_t SSL_SESSION_set_time(SSL_SESSION *session, 2027 uint64_t time); 2028 2029 // SSL_SESSION_set_timeout sets |session|'s timeout to |timeout| and returns 2030 // one. This function may be useful in writing tests but otherwise should not 2031 // be used. 2032 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_SESSION_set_timeout(SSL_SESSION *session, 2033 uint32_t timeout); 2034 2035 // SSL_SESSION_get0_id_context returns a pointer to a buffer containing 2036 // |session|'s session ID context (see |SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context|) and 2037 // sets |*out_len| to its length. 2038 OPENSSL_EXPORT const uint8_t *SSL_SESSION_get0_id_context( 2039 const SSL_SESSION *session, unsigned *out_len); 2040 2041 // SSL_SESSION_set1_id_context sets |session|'s session ID context (see 2042 // |SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context|) to |sid_ctx|. It returns one on success and 2043 // zero on error. This function may be useful in writing tests but otherwise 2044 // should not be used. 2045 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_set1_id_context(SSL_SESSION *session, 2046 const uint8_t *sid_ctx, 2047 size_t sid_ctx_len); 2048 2049 // SSL_SESSION_should_be_single_use returns one if |session| should be 2050 // single-use (TLS 1.3 and later) and zero otherwise. 2051 // 2052 // If this function returns one, clients retain multiple sessions and use each 2053 // only once. This prevents passive observers from correlating connections with 2054 // tickets. See RFC 8446, appendix C.4. If it returns zero, |session| cannot be 2055 // used without leaking a correlator. 2056 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_should_be_single_use(const SSL_SESSION *session); 2057 2058 // SSL_SESSION_is_resumable returns one if |session| is complete and contains a 2059 // session ID or ticket. It returns zero otherwise. Note this function does not 2060 // ensure |session| will be resumed. It may be expired, dropped by the server, 2061 // or associated with incompatible parameters. 2062 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_is_resumable(const SSL_SESSION *session); 2063 2064 // SSL_SESSION_has_ticket returns one if |session| has a ticket and zero 2065 // otherwise. 2066 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_has_ticket(const SSL_SESSION *session); 2067 2068 // SSL_SESSION_get0_ticket sets |*out_ticket| and |*out_len| to |session|'s 2069 // ticket, or NULL and zero if it does not have one. |out_ticket| may be NULL 2070 // if only the ticket length is needed. 2071 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_SESSION_get0_ticket(const SSL_SESSION *session, 2072 const uint8_t **out_ticket, 2073 size_t *out_len); 2074 2075 // SSL_SESSION_set_ticket sets |session|'s ticket to |ticket|. It returns one on 2076 // success and zero on error. This function may be useful in writing tests but 2077 // otherwise should not be used. 2078 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_set_ticket(SSL_SESSION *session, 2079 const uint8_t *ticket, 2080 size_t ticket_len); 2081 2082 // SSL_SESSION_get_ticket_lifetime_hint returns ticket lifetime hint of 2083 // |session| in seconds or zero if none was set. 2084 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t 2085 SSL_SESSION_get_ticket_lifetime_hint(const SSL_SESSION *session); 2086 2087 // SSL_SESSION_get0_cipher returns the cipher negotiated by the connection which 2088 // established |session|. 2089 // 2090 // Note that, in TLS 1.3, there is no guarantee that resumptions with |session| 2091 // will use that cipher. Prefer calling |SSL_get_current_cipher| on the |SSL| 2092 // instead. 2093 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_CIPHER *SSL_SESSION_get0_cipher( 2094 const SSL_SESSION *session); 2095 2096 // SSL_SESSION_has_peer_sha256 returns one if |session| has a SHA-256 hash of 2097 // the peer's certificate retained and zero if the peer did not present a 2098 // certificate or if this was not enabled when |session| was created. See also 2099 // |SSL_CTX_set_retain_only_sha256_of_client_certs|. 2100 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_has_peer_sha256(const SSL_SESSION *session); 2101 2102 // SSL_SESSION_get0_peer_sha256 sets |*out_ptr| and |*out_len| to the SHA-256 2103 // hash of the peer certificate retained in |session|, or NULL and zero if it 2104 // does not have one. See also |SSL_CTX_set_retain_only_sha256_of_client_certs|. 2105 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_SESSION_get0_peer_sha256(const SSL_SESSION *session, 2106 const uint8_t **out_ptr, 2107 size_t *out_len); 2108 2109 2110 // Session caching. 2111 // 2112 // Session caching allows connections to be established more efficiently based 2113 // on saved parameters from a previous connection, called a session (see 2114 // |SSL_SESSION|). The client offers a saved session, using an opaque identifier 2115 // from a previous connection. The server may accept the session, if it has the 2116 // parameters available. Otherwise, it will decline and continue with a full 2117 // handshake. 2118 // 2119 // This requires both the client and the server to retain session state. A 2120 // client does so with a stateful session cache. A server may do the same or, if 2121 // supported by both sides, statelessly using session tickets. For more 2122 // information on the latter, see the next section. 2123 // 2124 // For a server, the library implements a built-in internal session cache as an 2125 // in-memory hash table. Servers may also use |SSL_CTX_sess_set_get_cb| and 2126 // |SSL_CTX_sess_set_new_cb| to implement a custom external session cache. In 2127 // particular, this may be used to share a session cache between multiple 2128 // servers in a large deployment. An external cache may be used in addition to 2129 // or instead of the internal one. Use |SSL_CTX_set_session_cache_mode| to 2130 // toggle the internal cache. 2131 // 2132 // For a client, the only option is an external session cache. Clients may use 2133 // |SSL_CTX_sess_set_new_cb| to register a callback for when new sessions are 2134 // available. These may be cached and, in subsequent compatible connections, 2135 // configured with |SSL_set_session|. 2136 // 2137 // Note that offering or accepting a session short-circuits certificate 2138 // verification and most parameter negotiation. Resuming sessions across 2139 // different contexts may result in security failures and surprising 2140 // behavior. For a typical client, this means sessions for different hosts must 2141 // be cached under different keys. A client that connects to the same host with, 2142 // e.g., different cipher suite settings or client certificates should also use 2143 // separate session caches between those contexts. Servers should also partition 2144 // session caches between SNI hosts with |SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context|. 2145 // 2146 // Note also, in TLS 1.2 and earlier, offering sessions allows passive observers 2147 // to correlate different client connections. TLS 1.3 and later fix this, 2148 // provided clients use sessions at most once. Session caches are managed by the 2149 // caller in BoringSSL, so this must be implemented externally. See 2150 // |SSL_SESSION_should_be_single_use| for details. 2151 2152 // SSL_SESS_CACHE_OFF disables all session caching. 2153 #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_OFF 0x0000 2154 2155 // SSL_SESS_CACHE_CLIENT enables session caching for a client. The internal 2156 // cache is never used on a client, so this only enables the callbacks. 2157 #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_CLIENT 0x0001 2158 2159 // SSL_SESS_CACHE_SERVER enables session caching for a server. 2160 #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_SERVER 0x0002 2161 2162 // SSL_SESS_CACHE_BOTH enables session caching for both client and server. 2163 #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_BOTH (SSL_SESS_CACHE_CLIENT | SSL_SESS_CACHE_SERVER) 2164 2165 // SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_AUTO_CLEAR disables automatically calling 2166 // |SSL_CTX_flush_sessions| every 255 connections. 2167 #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_AUTO_CLEAR 0x0080 2168 2169 // SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL_LOOKUP, on a server, disables looking up a session 2170 // from the internal session cache. 2171 #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL_LOOKUP 0x0100 2172 2173 // SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL_STORE, on a server, disables storing sessions in 2174 // the internal session cache. 2175 #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL_STORE 0x0200 2176 2177 // SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL, on a server, disables the internal session 2178 // cache. 2179 #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL \ 2180 (SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL_LOOKUP | SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL_STORE) 2181 2182 // SSL_CTX_set_session_cache_mode sets the session cache mode bits for |ctx| to 2183 // |mode|. It returns the previous value. 2184 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_session_cache_mode(SSL_CTX *ctx, int mode); 2185 2186 // SSL_CTX_get_session_cache_mode returns the session cache mode bits for 2187 // |ctx| 2188 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_session_cache_mode(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 2189 2190 // SSL_set_session, for a client, configures |ssl| to offer to resume |session| 2191 // in the initial handshake and returns one. The caller retains ownership of 2192 // |session|. Note that configuring a session assumes the authentication in the 2193 // session is valid. For callers that wish to revalidate the session before 2194 // offering, see |SSL_SESSION_get0_peer_certificates|, 2195 // |SSL_SESSION_get0_signed_cert_timestamp_list|, and 2196 // |SSL_SESSION_get0_ocsp_response|. 2197 // 2198 // It is an error to call this function after the handshake has begun. 2199 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_session(SSL *ssl, SSL_SESSION *session); 2200 2201 // SSL_DEFAULT_SESSION_TIMEOUT is the default lifetime, in seconds, of a 2202 // session in TLS 1.2 or earlier. This is how long we are willing to use the 2203 // secret to encrypt traffic without fresh key material. 2204 #define SSL_DEFAULT_SESSION_TIMEOUT (2 * 60 * 60) 2205 2206 // SSL_DEFAULT_SESSION_PSK_DHE_TIMEOUT is the default lifetime, in seconds, of a 2207 // session for TLS 1.3 psk_dhe_ke. This is how long we are willing to use the 2208 // secret as an authenticator. 2209 #define SSL_DEFAULT_SESSION_PSK_DHE_TIMEOUT (2 * 24 * 60 * 60) 2210 2211 // SSL_DEFAULT_SESSION_AUTH_TIMEOUT is the default non-renewable lifetime, in 2212 // seconds, of a TLS 1.3 session. This is how long we are willing to trust the 2213 // signature in the initial handshake. 2214 #define SSL_DEFAULT_SESSION_AUTH_TIMEOUT (7 * 24 * 60 * 60) 2215 2216 // SSL_CTX_set_timeout sets the lifetime, in seconds, of TLS 1.2 (or earlier) 2217 // sessions created in |ctx| to |timeout|. 2218 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CTX_set_timeout(SSL_CTX *ctx, uint32_t timeout); 2219 2220 // SSL_CTX_set_session_psk_dhe_timeout sets the lifetime, in seconds, of TLS 1.3 2221 // sessions created in |ctx| to |timeout|. 2222 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_session_psk_dhe_timeout(SSL_CTX *ctx, 2223 uint32_t timeout); 2224 2225 // SSL_CTX_get_timeout returns the lifetime, in seconds, of TLS 1.2 (or earlier) 2226 // sessions created in |ctx|. 2227 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CTX_get_timeout(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 2228 2229 // SSL_MAX_SID_CTX_LENGTH is the maximum length of a session ID context. 2230 #define SSL_MAX_SID_CTX_LENGTH 32 2231 2232 // SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context sets |ctx|'s session ID context to |sid_ctx|. 2233 // It returns one on success and zero on error. The session ID context is an 2234 // application-defined opaque byte string. A session will not be used in a 2235 // connection without a matching session ID context. 2236 // 2237 // For a server, if |SSL_VERIFY_PEER| is enabled, it is an error to not set a 2238 // session ID context. 2239 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context(SSL_CTX *ctx, 2240 const uint8_t *sid_ctx, 2241 size_t sid_ctx_len); 2242 2243 // SSL_set_session_id_context sets |ssl|'s session ID context to |sid_ctx|. It 2244 // returns one on success and zero on error. See also 2245 // |SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context|. 2246 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_session_id_context(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *sid_ctx, 2247 size_t sid_ctx_len); 2248 2249 // SSL_get0_session_id_context returns a pointer to |ssl|'s session ID context 2250 // and sets |*out_len| to its length. It returns NULL on error. 2251 OPENSSL_EXPORT const uint8_t *SSL_get0_session_id_context(const SSL *ssl, 2252 size_t *out_len); 2253 2254 // SSL_SESSION_CACHE_MAX_SIZE_DEFAULT is the default maximum size of a session 2255 // cache. 2256 #define SSL_SESSION_CACHE_MAX_SIZE_DEFAULT (1024 * 20) 2257 2258 // SSL_CTX_sess_set_cache_size sets the maximum size of |ctx|'s internal session 2259 // cache to |size|. It returns the previous value. 2260 OPENSSL_EXPORT unsigned long SSL_CTX_sess_set_cache_size(SSL_CTX *ctx, 2261 unsigned long size); 2262 2263 // SSL_CTX_sess_get_cache_size returns the maximum size of |ctx|'s internal 2264 // session cache. 2265 OPENSSL_EXPORT unsigned long SSL_CTX_sess_get_cache_size(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 2266 2267 // SSL_CTX_sess_number returns the number of sessions in |ctx|'s internal 2268 // session cache. 2269 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_CTX_sess_number(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 2270 2271 // SSL_CTX_add_session inserts |session| into |ctx|'s internal session cache. It 2272 // returns one on success and zero on error or if |session| is already in the 2273 // cache. The caller retains its reference to |session|. 2274 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_add_session(SSL_CTX *ctx, SSL_SESSION *session); 2275 2276 // SSL_CTX_remove_session removes |session| from |ctx|'s internal session cache. 2277 // It returns one on success and zero if |session| was not in the cache. 2278 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_remove_session(SSL_CTX *ctx, SSL_SESSION *session); 2279 2280 // SSL_CTX_flush_sessions removes all sessions from |ctx| which have expired as 2281 // of time |time|. If |time| is zero, all sessions are removed. 2282 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_flush_sessions(SSL_CTX *ctx, uint64_t time); 2283 2284 // SSL_CTX_sess_set_new_cb sets the callback to be called when a new session is 2285 // established and ready to be cached. If the session cache is disabled (the 2286 // appropriate one of |SSL_SESS_CACHE_CLIENT| or |SSL_SESS_CACHE_SERVER| is 2287 // unset), the callback is not called. 2288 // 2289 // The callback is passed a reference to |session|. It returns one if it takes 2290 // ownership (and then calls |SSL_SESSION_free| when done) and zero otherwise. A 2291 // consumer which places |session| into an in-memory cache will likely return 2292 // one, with the cache calling |SSL_SESSION_free|. A consumer which serializes 2293 // |session| with |SSL_SESSION_to_bytes| may not need to retain |session| and 2294 // will likely return zero. Returning one is equivalent to calling 2295 // |SSL_SESSION_up_ref| and then returning zero. 2296 // 2297 // Note: For a client, the callback may be called on abbreviated handshakes if a 2298 // ticket is renewed. Further, it may not be called until some time after 2299 // |SSL_do_handshake| or |SSL_connect| completes if False Start is enabled. Thus 2300 // it's recommended to use this callback over calling |SSL_get_session| on 2301 // handshake completion. 2302 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_sess_set_new_cb( 2303 SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*new_session_cb)(SSL *ssl, SSL_SESSION *session)); 2304 2305 // SSL_CTX_sess_get_new_cb returns the callback set by 2306 // |SSL_CTX_sess_set_new_cb|. 2307 OPENSSL_EXPORT int (*SSL_CTX_sess_get_new_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx))( 2308 SSL *ssl, SSL_SESSION *session); 2309 2310 // SSL_CTX_sess_set_remove_cb sets a callback which is called when a session is 2311 // removed from the internal session cache. 2312 // 2313 // TODO(davidben): What is the point of this callback? It seems useless since it 2314 // only fires on sessions in the internal cache. 2315 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_sess_set_remove_cb( 2316 SSL_CTX *ctx, 2317 void (*remove_session_cb)(SSL_CTX *ctx, SSL_SESSION *session)); 2318 2319 // SSL_CTX_sess_get_remove_cb returns the callback set by 2320 // |SSL_CTX_sess_set_remove_cb|. 2321 OPENSSL_EXPORT void (*SSL_CTX_sess_get_remove_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx))( 2322 SSL_CTX *ctx, SSL_SESSION *session); 2323 2324 // SSL_CTX_sess_set_get_cb sets a callback to look up a session by ID for a 2325 // server. The callback is passed the session ID and should return a matching 2326 // |SSL_SESSION| or NULL if not found. It should set |*out_copy| to zero and 2327 // return a new reference to the session. This callback is not used for a 2328 // client. 2329 // 2330 // For historical reasons, if |*out_copy| is set to one (default), the SSL 2331 // library will take a new reference to the returned |SSL_SESSION|, expecting 2332 // the callback to return a non-owning pointer. This is not recommended. If 2333 // |ctx| and thus the callback is used on multiple threads, the session may be 2334 // removed and invalidated before the SSL library calls |SSL_SESSION_up_ref|, 2335 // whereas the callback may synchronize internally. 2336 // 2337 // To look up a session asynchronously, the callback may return 2338 // |SSL_magic_pending_session_ptr|. See the documentation for that function and 2339 // |SSL_ERROR_PENDING_SESSION|. 2340 // 2341 // If the internal session cache is enabled, the callback is only consulted if 2342 // the internal cache does not return a match. 2343 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_sess_set_get_cb( 2344 SSL_CTX *ctx, SSL_SESSION *(*get_session_cb)(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *id, 2345 int id_len, int *out_copy)); 2346 2347 // SSL_CTX_sess_get_get_cb returns the callback set by 2348 // |SSL_CTX_sess_set_get_cb|. 2349 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *(*SSL_CTX_sess_get_get_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx))( 2350 SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *id, int id_len, int *out_copy); 2351 2352 // SSL_magic_pending_session_ptr returns a magic |SSL_SESSION|* which indicates 2353 // that the session isn't currently unavailable. |SSL_get_error| will then 2354 // return |SSL_ERROR_PENDING_SESSION| and the handshake can be retried later 2355 // when the lookup has completed. 2356 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *SSL_magic_pending_session_ptr(void); 2357 2358 2359 // Session tickets. 2360 // 2361 // Session tickets, from RFC 5077, allow session resumption without server-side 2362 // state. The server maintains a secret ticket key and sends the client opaque 2363 // encrypted session parameters, called a ticket. When offering the session, the 2364 // client sends the ticket which the server decrypts to recover session state. 2365 // Session tickets are enabled by default but may be disabled with 2366 // |SSL_OP_NO_TICKET|. 2367 // 2368 // On the client, ticket-based sessions use the same APIs as ID-based tickets. 2369 // Callers do not need to handle them differently. 2370 // 2371 // On the server, tickets are encrypted and authenticated with a secret key. 2372 // By default, an |SSL_CTX| will manage session ticket encryption keys by 2373 // generating them internally and rotating every 48 hours. Tickets are minted 2374 // and processed transparently. The following functions may be used to configure 2375 // a persistent key or implement more custom behavior, including key rotation 2376 // and sharing keys between multiple servers in a large deployment. There are 2377 // three levels of customisation possible: 2378 // 2379 // 1) One can simply set the keys with |SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_keys|. 2380 // 2) One can configure an |EVP_CIPHER_CTX| and |HMAC_CTX| directly for 2381 // encryption and authentication. 2382 // 3) One can configure an |SSL_TICKET_AEAD_METHOD| to have more control 2383 // and the option of asynchronous decryption. 2384 // 2385 // An attacker that compromises a server's session ticket key can impersonate 2386 // the server and, prior to TLS 1.3, retroactively decrypt all application 2387 // traffic from sessions using that ticket key. Thus ticket keys must be 2388 // regularly rotated for forward secrecy. Note the default key is rotated 2389 // automatically once every 48 hours but manually configured keys are not. 2390 2391 // SSL_DEFAULT_TICKET_KEY_ROTATION_INTERVAL is the interval with which the 2392 // default session ticket encryption key is rotated, if in use. If any 2393 // non-default ticket encryption mechanism is configured, automatic rotation is 2394 // disabled. 2395 #define SSL_DEFAULT_TICKET_KEY_ROTATION_INTERVAL (2 * 24 * 60 * 60) 2396 2397 // SSL_CTX_get_tlsext_ticket_keys writes |ctx|'s session ticket key material to 2398 // |len| bytes of |out|. It returns one on success and zero if |len| is not 2399 // 48. If |out| is NULL, it returns 48 instead. 2400 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_tlsext_ticket_keys(SSL_CTX *ctx, void *out, 2401 size_t len); 2402 2403 // SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_keys sets |ctx|'s session ticket key material to 2404 // |len| bytes of |in|. It returns one on success and zero if |len| is not 2405 // 48. If |in| is NULL, it returns 48 instead. 2406 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_keys(SSL_CTX *ctx, const void *in, 2407 size_t len); 2408 2409 // SSL_TICKET_KEY_NAME_LEN is the length of the key name prefix of a session 2410 // ticket. 2411 #define SSL_TICKET_KEY_NAME_LEN 16 2412 2413 // SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_key_cb sets the ticket callback to |callback| and 2414 // returns one. |callback| will be called when encrypting a new ticket and when 2415 // decrypting a ticket from the client. 2416 // 2417 // In both modes, |ctx| and |hmac_ctx| will already have been initialized with 2418 // |EVP_CIPHER_CTX_init| and |HMAC_CTX_init|, respectively. |callback| 2419 // configures |hmac_ctx| with an HMAC digest and key, and configures |ctx| 2420 // for encryption or decryption, based on the mode. 2421 // 2422 // When encrypting a new ticket, |encrypt| will be one. It writes a public 2423 // 16-byte key name to |key_name| and a fresh IV to |iv|. The output IV length 2424 // must match |EVP_CIPHER_CTX_iv_length| of the cipher selected. In this mode, 2425 // |callback| returns 1 on success and -1 on error. 2426 // 2427 // When decrypting a ticket, |encrypt| will be zero. |key_name| will point to a 2428 // 16-byte key name and |iv| points to an IV. The length of the IV consumed must 2429 // match |EVP_CIPHER_CTX_iv_length| of the cipher selected. In this mode, 2430 // |callback| returns -1 to abort the handshake, 0 if decrypting the ticket 2431 // failed, and 1 or 2 on success. If it returns 2, the ticket will be renewed. 2432 // This may be used to re-key the ticket. 2433 // 2434 // WARNING: |callback| wildly breaks the usual return value convention and is 2435 // called in two different modes. 2436 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_key_cb( 2437 SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*callback)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *key_name, uint8_t *iv, 2438 EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, HMAC_CTX *hmac_ctx, 2439 int encrypt)); 2440 2441 // ssl_ticket_aead_result_t enumerates the possible results from decrypting a 2442 // ticket with an |SSL_TICKET_AEAD_METHOD|. 2443 enum ssl_ticket_aead_result_t BORINGSSL_ENUM_INT { 2444 // ssl_ticket_aead_success indicates that the ticket was successfully 2445 // decrypted. 2446 ssl_ticket_aead_success, 2447 // ssl_ticket_aead_retry indicates that the operation could not be 2448 // immediately completed and must be reattempted, via |open|, at a later 2449 // point. 2450 ssl_ticket_aead_retry, 2451 // ssl_ticket_aead_ignore_ticket indicates that the ticket should be ignored 2452 // (i.e. is corrupt or otherwise undecryptable). 2453 ssl_ticket_aead_ignore_ticket, 2454 // ssl_ticket_aead_error indicates that a fatal error occured and the 2455 // handshake should be terminated. 2456 ssl_ticket_aead_error, 2457 }; 2458 2459 // ssl_ticket_aead_method_st (aka |SSL_TICKET_AEAD_METHOD|) contains methods 2460 // for encrypting and decrypting session tickets. 2461 struct ssl_ticket_aead_method_st { 2462 // max_overhead returns the maximum number of bytes of overhead that |seal| 2463 // may add. 2464 size_t (*max_overhead)(SSL *ssl); 2465 2466 // seal encrypts and authenticates |in_len| bytes from |in|, writes, at most, 2467 // |max_out_len| bytes to |out|, and puts the number of bytes written in 2468 // |*out_len|. The |in| and |out| buffers may be equal but will not otherwise 2469 // alias. It returns one on success or zero on error. 2470 int (*seal)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, size_t *out_len, size_t max_out_len, 2471 const uint8_t *in, size_t in_len); 2472 2473 // open authenticates and decrypts |in_len| bytes from |in|, writes, at most, 2474 // |max_out_len| bytes of plaintext to |out|, and puts the number of bytes 2475 // written in |*out_len|. The |in| and |out| buffers may be equal but will 2476 // not otherwise alias. See |ssl_ticket_aead_result_t| for details of the 2477 // return values. In the case that a retry is indicated, the caller should 2478 // arrange for the high-level operation on |ssl| to be retried when the 2479 // operation is completed, which will result in another call to |open|. 2480 enum ssl_ticket_aead_result_t (*open)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, size_t *out_len, 2481 size_t max_out_len, const uint8_t *in, 2482 size_t in_len); 2483 }; 2484 2485 // SSL_CTX_set_ticket_aead_method configures a custom ticket AEAD method table 2486 // on |ctx|. |aead_method| must remain valid for the lifetime of |ctx|. 2487 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_ticket_aead_method( 2488 SSL_CTX *ctx, const SSL_TICKET_AEAD_METHOD *aead_method); 2489 2490 // SSL_process_tls13_new_session_ticket processes an unencrypted TLS 1.3 2491 // NewSessionTicket message from |buf| and returns a resumable |SSL_SESSION|, 2492 // or NULL on error. The caller takes ownership of the returned session and 2493 // must call |SSL_SESSION_free| to free it. 2494 // 2495 // |buf| contains |buf_len| bytes that represents a complete NewSessionTicket 2496 // message including its header, i.e., one byte for the type (0x04) and three 2497 // bytes for the length. |buf| must contain only one such message. 2498 // 2499 // This function may be used to process NewSessionTicket messages in TLS 1.3 2500 // clients that are handling the record layer externally. 2501 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *SSL_process_tls13_new_session_ticket( 2502 SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *buf, size_t buf_len); 2503 2504 // SSL_CTX_set_num_tickets configures |ctx| to send |num_tickets| immediately 2505 // after a successful TLS 1.3 handshake as a server. It returns one. Large 2506 // values of |num_tickets| will be capped within the library. 2507 // 2508 // By default, BoringSSL sends two tickets. 2509 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_num_tickets(SSL_CTX *ctx, size_t num_tickets); 2510 2511 // SSL_CTX_get_num_tickets returns the number of tickets |ctx| will send 2512 // immediately after a successful TLS 1.3 handshake as a server. 2513 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_CTX_get_num_tickets(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 2514 2515 2516 // Diffie-Hellman groups and ephemeral key exchanges. 2517 // 2518 // Most TLS handshakes (ECDHE cipher suites in TLS 1.2, and all supported TLS 2519 // 1.3 modes) incorporate an ephemeral key exchange, most commonly using 2520 // Elliptic Curve Diffie-Hellman (ECDH), as described in RFC 8422. The key 2521 // exchange algorithm is negotiated separately from the cipher suite, using 2522 // NamedGroup values, which define Diffie-Hellman groups. 2523 // 2524 // Historically, these values were known as "curves", in reference to ECDH, and 2525 // some APIs refer to the original name. RFC 7919 renamed them to "groups" in 2526 // reference to Diffie-Hellman in general. These values are also used to select 2527 // experimental post-quantum KEMs. Though not Diffie-Hellman groups, KEMs can 2528 // fill a similar role in TLS, so they use the same codepoints. 2529 // 2530 // In TLS 1.2, the ECDH values also negotiate elliptic curves used in ECDSA. In 2531 // TLS 1.3 and later, ECDSA curves are part of the signature algorithm. See 2532 // |SSL_SIGN_*|. 2533 2534 // SSL_GROUP_* define TLS group IDs. 2535 #define SSL_GROUP_SECP224R1 21 2536 #define SSL_GROUP_SECP256R1 23 2537 #define SSL_GROUP_SECP384R1 24 2538 #define SSL_GROUP_SECP521R1 25 2539 #define SSL_GROUP_X25519 29 2540 #define SSL_GROUP_X25519_KYBER768_DRAFT00 0x6399 2541 2542 // SSL_CTX_set1_group_ids sets the preferred groups for |ctx| to |group_ids|. 2543 // Each element of |group_ids| should be one of the |SSL_GROUP_*| constants. It 2544 // returns one on success and zero on failure. 2545 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_group_ids(SSL_CTX *ctx, 2546 const uint16_t *group_ids, 2547 size_t num_group_ids); 2548 2549 // SSL_set1_group_ids sets the preferred groups for |ssl| to |group_ids|. Each 2550 // element of |group_ids| should be one of the |SSL_GROUP_*| constants. It 2551 // returns one on success and zero on failure. 2552 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_group_ids(SSL *ssl, const uint16_t *group_ids, 2553 size_t num_group_ids); 2554 2555 // SSL_get_group_id returns the ID of the group used by |ssl|'s most recently 2556 // completed handshake, or 0 if not applicable. 2557 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t SSL_get_group_id(const SSL *ssl); 2558 2559 // SSL_get_group_name returns a human-readable name for the group specified by 2560 // the given TLS group ID, or NULL if the group is unknown. 2561 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_get_group_name(uint16_t group_id); 2562 2563 // SSL_get_all_group_names outputs a list of possible strings 2564 // |SSL_get_group_name| may return in this version of BoringSSL. It writes at 2565 // most |max_out| entries to |out| and returns the total number it would have 2566 // written, if |max_out| had been large enough. |max_out| may be initially set 2567 // to zero to size the output. 2568 // 2569 // This function is only intended to help initialize tables in callers that want 2570 // possible strings pre-declared. This list would not be suitable to set a list 2571 // of supported features. It is in no particular order, and may contain 2572 // placeholder, experimental, or deprecated values that do not apply to every 2573 // caller. Future versions of BoringSSL may also return strings not in this 2574 // list, so this does not apply if, say, sending strings across services. 2575 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_all_group_names(const char **out, size_t max_out); 2576 2577 // The following APIs also configure Diffie-Hellman groups, but use |NID_*| 2578 // constants instead of |SSL_GROUP_*| constants. These are provided for OpenSSL 2579 // compatibility. Where NIDs are unstable constants specific to OpenSSL and 2580 // BoringSSL, group IDs are defined by the TLS protocol. Prefer the group ID 2581 // representation if storing persistently, or exporting to another process or 2582 // library. 2583 2584 // SSL_CTX_set1_groups sets the preferred groups for |ctx| to be |groups|. Each 2585 // element of |groups| should be a |NID_*| constant from nid.h. It returns one 2586 // on success and zero on failure. 2587 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_groups(SSL_CTX *ctx, const int *groups, 2588 size_t num_groups); 2589 2590 // SSL_set1_groups sets the preferred groups for |ssl| to be |groups|. Each 2591 // element of |groups| should be a |NID_*| constant from nid.h. It returns one 2592 // on success and zero on failure. 2593 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_groups(SSL *ssl, const int *groups, 2594 size_t num_groups); 2595 2596 // SSL_CTX_set1_groups_list decodes |groups| as a colon-separated list of group 2597 // names (e.g. "X25519" or "P-256") and sets |ctx|'s preferred groups to the 2598 // result. It returns one on success and zero on failure. 2599 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_groups_list(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *groups); 2600 2601 // SSL_set1_groups_list decodes |groups| as a colon-separated list of group 2602 // names (e.g. "X25519" or "P-256") and sets |ssl|'s preferred groups to the 2603 // result. It returns one on success and zero on failure. 2604 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_groups_list(SSL *ssl, const char *groups); 2605 2606 // SSL_get_negotiated_group returns the NID of the group used by |ssl|'s most 2607 // recently completed handshake, or |NID_undef| if not applicable. 2608 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_negotiated_group(const SSL *ssl); 2609 2610 2611 // Certificate verification. 2612 // 2613 // SSL may authenticate either endpoint with an X.509 certificate. Typically 2614 // this is used to authenticate the server to the client. These functions 2615 // configure certificate verification. 2616 // 2617 // WARNING: By default, certificate verification errors on a client are not 2618 // fatal. See |SSL_VERIFY_NONE| This may be configured with 2619 // |SSL_CTX_set_verify|. 2620 // 2621 // By default clients are anonymous but a server may request a certificate from 2622 // the client by setting |SSL_VERIFY_PEER|. 2623 // 2624 // Many of these functions use OpenSSL's legacy X.509 stack which is 2625 // underdocumented and deprecated, but the replacement isn't ready yet. For 2626 // now, consumers may use the existing stack or bypass it by performing 2627 // certificate verification externally. This may be done with 2628 // |SSL_CTX_set_cert_verify_callback| or by extracting the chain with 2629 // |SSL_get_peer_cert_chain| after the handshake. In the future, functions will 2630 // be added to use the SSL stack without dependency on any part of the legacy 2631 // X.509 and ASN.1 stack. 2632 // 2633 // To augment certificate verification, a client may also enable OCSP stapling 2634 // (RFC 6066) and Certificate Transparency (RFC 6962) extensions. 2635 2636 // SSL_VERIFY_NONE, on a client, verifies the server certificate but does not 2637 // make errors fatal. The result may be checked with |SSL_get_verify_result|. On 2638 // a server it does not request a client certificate. This is the default. 2639 #define SSL_VERIFY_NONE 0x00 2640 2641 // SSL_VERIFY_PEER, on a client, makes server certificate errors fatal. On a 2642 // server it requests a client certificate and makes errors fatal. However, 2643 // anonymous clients are still allowed. See 2644 // |SSL_VERIFY_FAIL_IF_NO_PEER_CERT|. 2645 #define SSL_VERIFY_PEER 0x01 2646 2647 // SSL_VERIFY_FAIL_IF_NO_PEER_CERT configures a server to reject connections if 2648 // the client declines to send a certificate. This flag must be used together 2649 // with |SSL_VERIFY_PEER|, otherwise it won't work. 2650 #define SSL_VERIFY_FAIL_IF_NO_PEER_CERT 0x02 2651 2652 // SSL_VERIFY_PEER_IF_NO_OBC configures a server to request a client certificate 2653 // if and only if Channel ID is not negotiated. 2654 #define SSL_VERIFY_PEER_IF_NO_OBC 0x04 2655 2656 // SSL_CTX_set_verify configures certificate verification behavior. |mode| is 2657 // one of the |SSL_VERIFY_*| values defined above. |callback| should be NULL. 2658 // 2659 // If |callback| is non-NULL, it is called as in |X509_STORE_CTX_set_verify_cb|, 2660 // which is a deprecated and fragile mechanism to run the default certificate 2661 // verification process, but suppress individual errors in it. See 2662 // |X509_STORE_CTX_set_verify_cb| for details, If set, the callback may use 2663 // |SSL_get_ex_data_X509_STORE_CTX_idx| with |X509_STORE_CTX_get_ex_data| to 2664 // look up the |SSL| from |store_ctx|. 2665 // 2666 // WARNING: |callback| is not suitable for implementing custom certificate 2667 // check, accepting all certificates, or extracting the certificate after 2668 // verification. It does not replace the default process and is called multiple 2669 // times throughout that process. It is also very difficult to implement this 2670 // callback safely, without inadvertently relying on implementation details or 2671 // making incorrect assumptions about when the callback is called. 2672 // 2673 // Instead, use |SSL_CTX_set_custom_verify| or 2674 // |SSL_CTX_set_cert_verify_callback| to customize certificate verification. 2675 // Those callbacks can inspect the peer-sent chain, call |X509_verify_cert| and 2676 // inspect the result, or perform other operations more straightforwardly. 2677 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_verify( 2678 SSL_CTX *ctx, int mode, int (*callback)(int ok, X509_STORE_CTX *store_ctx)); 2679 2680 // SSL_set_verify configures certificate verification behavior. |mode| is one of 2681 // the |SSL_VERIFY_*| values defined above. |callback| should be NULL. 2682 // 2683 // If |callback| is non-NULL, it is called as in |X509_STORE_CTX_set_verify_cb|, 2684 // which is a deprecated and fragile mechanism to run the default certificate 2685 // verification process, but suppress individual errors in it. See 2686 // |X509_STORE_CTX_set_verify_cb| for details, If set, the callback may use 2687 // |SSL_get_ex_data_X509_STORE_CTX_idx| with |X509_STORE_CTX_get_ex_data| to 2688 // look up the |SSL| from |store_ctx|. 2689 // 2690 // WARNING: |callback| is not suitable for implementing custom certificate 2691 // check, accepting all certificates, or extracting the certificate after 2692 // verification. It does not replace the default process and is called multiple 2693 // times throughout that process. It is also very difficult to implement this 2694 // callback safely, without inadvertently relying on implementation details or 2695 // making incorrect assumptions about when the callback is called. 2696 // 2697 // Instead, use |SSL_set_custom_verify| or |SSL_set_cert_verify_callback| to 2698 // customize certificate verification. Those callbacks can inspect the peer-sent 2699 // chain, call |X509_verify_cert| and inspect the result, or perform other 2700 // operations more straightforwardly. 2701 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_verify(SSL *ssl, int mode, 2702 int (*callback)(int ok, 2703 X509_STORE_CTX *store_ctx)); 2704 2705 enum ssl_verify_result_t BORINGSSL_ENUM_INT { 2706 ssl_verify_ok, 2707 ssl_verify_invalid, 2708 ssl_verify_retry, 2709 }; 2710 2711 // SSL_CTX_set_custom_verify configures certificate verification. |mode| is one 2712 // of the |SSL_VERIFY_*| values defined above. |callback| performs the 2713 // certificate verification. 2714 // 2715 // The callback may call |SSL_get0_peer_certificates| for the certificate chain 2716 // to validate. The callback should return |ssl_verify_ok| if the certificate is 2717 // valid. If the certificate is invalid, the callback should return 2718 // |ssl_verify_invalid| and optionally set |*out_alert| to an alert to send to 2719 // the peer. Some useful alerts include |SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_EXPIRED|, 2720 // |SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_REVOKED|, |SSL_AD_UNKNOWN_CA|, |SSL_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE|, 2721 // |SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_UNKNOWN|, and |SSL_AD_INTERNAL_ERROR|. See RFC 5246 2722 // section 7.2.2 for their precise meanings. If unspecified, 2723 // |SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_UNKNOWN| will be sent by default. 2724 // 2725 // To verify a certificate asynchronously, the callback may return 2726 // |ssl_verify_retry|. The handshake will then pause with |SSL_get_error| 2727 // returning |SSL_ERROR_WANT_CERTIFICATE_VERIFY|. 2728 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_custom_verify( 2729 SSL_CTX *ctx, int mode, 2730 enum ssl_verify_result_t (*callback)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out_alert)); 2731 2732 // SSL_set_custom_verify behaves like |SSL_CTX_set_custom_verify| but configures 2733 // an individual |SSL|. 2734 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_custom_verify( 2735 SSL *ssl, int mode, 2736 enum ssl_verify_result_t (*callback)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out_alert)); 2737 2738 // SSL_CTX_get_verify_mode returns |ctx|'s verify mode, set by 2739 // |SSL_CTX_set_verify|. 2740 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_verify_mode(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 2741 2742 // SSL_get_verify_mode returns |ssl|'s verify mode, set by |SSL_CTX_set_verify| 2743 // or |SSL_set_verify|. It returns -1 on error. 2744 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_verify_mode(const SSL *ssl); 2745 2746 // SSL_CTX_get_verify_callback returns the callback set by 2747 // |SSL_CTX_set_verify|. 2748 OPENSSL_EXPORT int (*SSL_CTX_get_verify_callback(const SSL_CTX *ctx))( 2749 int ok, X509_STORE_CTX *store_ctx); 2750 2751 // SSL_get_verify_callback returns the callback set by |SSL_CTX_set_verify| or 2752 // |SSL_set_verify|. 2753 OPENSSL_EXPORT int (*SSL_get_verify_callback(const SSL *ssl))( 2754 int ok, X509_STORE_CTX *store_ctx); 2755 2756 // SSL_set1_host sets a DNS name that will be required to be present in the 2757 // verified leaf certificate. It returns one on success and zero on error. 2758 // 2759 // Note: unless _some_ name checking is performed, certificate validation is 2760 // ineffective. Simply checking that a host has some certificate from a CA is 2761 // rarely meaningful—you have to check that the CA believed that the host was 2762 // who you expect to be talking to. 2763 // 2764 // By default, both subject alternative names and the subject's common name 2765 // attribute are checked. The latter has long been deprecated, so callers should 2766 // call |SSL_set_hostflags| with |X509_CHECK_FLAG_NEVER_CHECK_SUBJECT| to use 2767 // the standard behavior. https://crbug.com/boringssl/464 tracks fixing the 2768 // default. 2769 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_host(SSL *ssl, const char *hostname); 2770 2771 // SSL_set_hostflags calls |X509_VERIFY_PARAM_set_hostflags| on the 2772 // |X509_VERIFY_PARAM| associated with this |SSL*|. |flags| should be some 2773 // combination of the |X509_CHECK_*| constants. 2774 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_hostflags(SSL *ssl, unsigned flags); 2775 2776 // SSL_CTX_set_verify_depth sets the maximum depth of a certificate chain 2777 // accepted in verification. This count excludes both the target certificate and 2778 // the trust anchor (root certificate). 2779 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_verify_depth(SSL_CTX *ctx, int depth); 2780 2781 // SSL_set_verify_depth sets the maximum depth of a certificate chain accepted 2782 // in verification. This count excludes both the target certificate and the 2783 // trust anchor (root certificate). 2784 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_verify_depth(SSL *ssl, int depth); 2785 2786 // SSL_CTX_get_verify_depth returns the maximum depth of a certificate accepted 2787 // in verification. 2788 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_verify_depth(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 2789 2790 // SSL_get_verify_depth returns the maximum depth of a certificate accepted in 2791 // verification. 2792 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_verify_depth(const SSL *ssl); 2793 2794 // SSL_CTX_set1_param sets verification parameters from |param|. It returns one 2795 // on success and zero on failure. The caller retains ownership of |param|. 2796 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_param(SSL_CTX *ctx, 2797 const X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param); 2798 2799 // SSL_set1_param sets verification parameters from |param|. It returns one on 2800 // success and zero on failure. The caller retains ownership of |param|. 2801 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_param(SSL *ssl, 2802 const X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param); 2803 2804 // SSL_CTX_get0_param returns |ctx|'s |X509_VERIFY_PARAM| for certificate 2805 // verification. The caller must not release the returned pointer but may call 2806 // functions on it to configure it. 2807 OPENSSL_EXPORT X509_VERIFY_PARAM *SSL_CTX_get0_param(SSL_CTX *ctx); 2808 2809 // SSL_get0_param returns |ssl|'s |X509_VERIFY_PARAM| for certificate 2810 // verification. The caller must not release the returned pointer but may call 2811 // functions on it to configure it. 2812 OPENSSL_EXPORT X509_VERIFY_PARAM *SSL_get0_param(SSL *ssl); 2813 2814 // SSL_CTX_set_purpose sets |ctx|'s |X509_VERIFY_PARAM|'s 'purpose' parameter to 2815 // |purpose|. It returns one on success and zero on error. 2816 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_purpose(SSL_CTX *ctx, int purpose); 2817 2818 // SSL_set_purpose sets |ssl|'s |X509_VERIFY_PARAM|'s 'purpose' parameter to 2819 // |purpose|. It returns one on success and zero on error. 2820 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_purpose(SSL *ssl, int purpose); 2821 2822 // SSL_CTX_set_trust sets |ctx|'s |X509_VERIFY_PARAM|'s 'trust' parameter to 2823 // |trust|. It returns one on success and zero on error. 2824 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_trust(SSL_CTX *ctx, int trust); 2825 2826 // SSL_set_trust sets |ssl|'s |X509_VERIFY_PARAM|'s 'trust' parameter to 2827 // |trust|. It returns one on success and zero on error. 2828 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_trust(SSL *ssl, int trust); 2829 2830 // SSL_CTX_set_cert_store sets |ctx|'s certificate store to |store|. It takes 2831 // ownership of |store|. The store is used for certificate verification. 2832 // 2833 // The store is also used for the auto-chaining feature, but this is deprecated. 2834 // See also |SSL_MODE_NO_AUTO_CHAIN|. 2835 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_cert_store(SSL_CTX *ctx, X509_STORE *store); 2836 2837 // SSL_CTX_get_cert_store returns |ctx|'s certificate store. 2838 OPENSSL_EXPORT X509_STORE *SSL_CTX_get_cert_store(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 2839 2840 // SSL_CTX_set_default_verify_paths calls |X509_STORE_set_default_paths| on 2841 // |ctx|'s store. See that function for details. 2842 // 2843 // Using this function is not recommended. In OpenSSL, these defaults are 2844 // determined by OpenSSL's install prefix. There is no corresponding concept for 2845 // BoringSSL. Future versions of BoringSSL may change or remove this 2846 // functionality. 2847 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_default_verify_paths(SSL_CTX *ctx); 2848 2849 // SSL_CTX_load_verify_locations calls |X509_STORE_load_locations| on |ctx|'s 2850 // store. See that function for details. 2851 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_load_verify_locations(SSL_CTX *ctx, 2852 const char *ca_file, 2853 const char *ca_dir); 2854 2855 // SSL_get_verify_result returns the result of certificate verification. It is 2856 // either |X509_V_OK| or a |X509_V_ERR_*| value. 2857 OPENSSL_EXPORT long SSL_get_verify_result(const SSL *ssl); 2858 2859 // SSL_alert_from_verify_result returns the SSL alert code, such as 2860 // |SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_EXPIRED|, that corresponds to an |X509_V_ERR_*| value. 2861 // The return value is always an alert, even when |result| is |X509_V_OK|. 2862 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_alert_from_verify_result(long result); 2863 2864 // SSL_get_ex_data_X509_STORE_CTX_idx returns the ex_data index used to look up 2865 // the |SSL| associated with an |X509_STORE_CTX| in the verify callback. 2866 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_ex_data_X509_STORE_CTX_idx(void); 2867 2868 // SSL_CTX_set_cert_verify_callback sets a custom callback to be called on 2869 // certificate verification rather than |X509_verify_cert|. |store_ctx| contains 2870 // the verification parameters. The callback should return one on success and 2871 // zero on fatal error. It may use |X509_STORE_CTX_set_error| to set a 2872 // verification result. 2873 // 2874 // The callback may use |SSL_get_ex_data_X509_STORE_CTX_idx| to recover the 2875 // |SSL| object from |store_ctx|. 2876 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_cert_verify_callback( 2877 SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*callback)(X509_STORE_CTX *store_ctx, void *arg), 2878 void *arg); 2879 2880 // SSL_enable_signed_cert_timestamps causes |ssl| (which must be the client end 2881 // of a connection) to request SCTs from the server. See 2882 // https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6962. 2883 // 2884 // Call |SSL_get0_signed_cert_timestamp_list| to recover the SCT after the 2885 // handshake. 2886 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_enable_signed_cert_timestamps(SSL *ssl); 2887 2888 // SSL_CTX_enable_signed_cert_timestamps enables SCT requests on all client SSL 2889 // objects created from |ctx|. 2890 // 2891 // Call |SSL_get0_signed_cert_timestamp_list| to recover the SCT after the 2892 // handshake. 2893 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_enable_signed_cert_timestamps(SSL_CTX *ctx); 2894 2895 // SSL_enable_ocsp_stapling causes |ssl| (which must be the client end of a 2896 // connection) to request a stapled OCSP response from the server. 2897 // 2898 // Call |SSL_get0_ocsp_response| to recover the OCSP response after the 2899 // handshake. 2900 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_enable_ocsp_stapling(SSL *ssl); 2901 2902 // SSL_CTX_enable_ocsp_stapling enables OCSP stapling on all client SSL objects 2903 // created from |ctx|. 2904 // 2905 // Call |SSL_get0_ocsp_response| to recover the OCSP response after the 2906 // handshake. 2907 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_enable_ocsp_stapling(SSL_CTX *ctx); 2908 2909 // SSL_CTX_set0_verify_cert_store sets an |X509_STORE| that will be used 2910 // exclusively for certificate verification and returns one. Ownership of 2911 // |store| is transferred to the |SSL_CTX|. 2912 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set0_verify_cert_store(SSL_CTX *ctx, 2913 X509_STORE *store); 2914 2915 // SSL_CTX_set1_verify_cert_store sets an |X509_STORE| that will be used 2916 // exclusively for certificate verification and returns one. An additional 2917 // reference to |store| will be taken. 2918 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_verify_cert_store(SSL_CTX *ctx, 2919 X509_STORE *store); 2920 2921 // SSL_set0_verify_cert_store sets an |X509_STORE| that will be used 2922 // exclusively for certificate verification and returns one. Ownership of 2923 // |store| is transferred to the |SSL|. 2924 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set0_verify_cert_store(SSL *ssl, X509_STORE *store); 2925 2926 // SSL_set1_verify_cert_store sets an |X509_STORE| that will be used 2927 // exclusively for certificate verification and returns one. An additional 2928 // reference to |store| will be taken. 2929 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_verify_cert_store(SSL *ssl, X509_STORE *store); 2930 2931 // SSL_CTX_set_verify_algorithm_prefs configures |ctx| to use |prefs| as the 2932 // preference list when verifying signatures from the peer's long-term key. It 2933 // returns one on zero on error. |prefs| should not include the internal-only 2934 // value |SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_MD5_SHA1|. 2935 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_verify_algorithm_prefs(SSL_CTX *ctx, 2936 const uint16_t *prefs, 2937 size_t num_prefs); 2938 2939 // SSL_set_verify_algorithm_prefs configures |ssl| to use |prefs| as the 2940 // preference list when verifying signatures from the peer's long-term key. It 2941 // returns one on zero on error. |prefs| should not include the internal-only 2942 // value |SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_MD5_SHA1|. 2943 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_verify_algorithm_prefs(SSL *ssl, 2944 const uint16_t *prefs, 2945 size_t num_prefs); 2946 2947 2948 // Client certificate CA list. 2949 // 2950 // When requesting a client certificate, a server may advertise a list of 2951 // certificate authorities which are accepted. These functions may be used to 2952 // configure this list. 2953 2954 // SSL_set_client_CA_list sets |ssl|'s client certificate CA list to 2955 // |name_list|. It takes ownership of |name_list|. 2956 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_client_CA_list(SSL *ssl, 2957 STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *name_list); 2958 2959 // SSL_CTX_set_client_CA_list sets |ctx|'s client certificate CA list to 2960 // |name_list|. It takes ownership of |name_list|. 2961 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_client_CA_list(SSL_CTX *ctx, 2962 STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *name_list); 2963 2964 // SSL_set0_client_CAs sets |ssl|'s client certificate CA list to |name_list|, 2965 // which should contain DER-encoded distinguished names (RFC 5280). It takes 2966 // ownership of |name_list|. 2967 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set0_client_CAs(SSL *ssl, 2968 STACK_OF(CRYPTO_BUFFER) *name_list); 2969 2970 // SSL_CTX_set0_client_CAs sets |ctx|'s client certificate CA list to 2971 // |name_list|, which should contain DER-encoded distinguished names (RFC 5280). 2972 // It takes ownership of |name_list|. 2973 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set0_client_CAs(SSL_CTX *ctx, 2974 STACK_OF(CRYPTO_BUFFER) *name_list); 2975 2976 // SSL_get_client_CA_list returns |ssl|'s client certificate CA list. If |ssl| 2977 // has not been configured as a client, this is the list configured by 2978 // |SSL_CTX_set_client_CA_list|. 2979 // 2980 // If configured as a client, it returns the client certificate CA list sent by 2981 // the server. In this mode, the behavior is undefined except during the 2982 // callbacks set by |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| and |SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb| or 2983 // when the handshake is paused because of them. 2984 OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *SSL_get_client_CA_list(const SSL *ssl); 2985 2986 // SSL_get0_server_requested_CAs returns the CAs sent by a server to guide a 2987 // client in certificate selection. They are a series of DER-encoded X.509 2988 // names. This function may only be called during a callback set by 2989 // |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| or when the handshake is paused because of it. 2990 // 2991 // The returned stack is owned by |ssl|, as are its contents. It should not be 2992 // used past the point where the handshake is restarted after the callback. 2993 OPENSSL_EXPORT const STACK_OF(CRYPTO_BUFFER) * 2994 SSL_get0_server_requested_CAs(const SSL *ssl); 2995 2996 // SSL_CTX_get_client_CA_list returns |ctx|'s client certificate CA list. 2997 OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(X509_NAME) * 2998 SSL_CTX_get_client_CA_list(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 2999 3000 // SSL_add_client_CA appends |x509|'s subject to the client certificate CA list. 3001 // It returns one on success or zero on error. The caller retains ownership of 3002 // |x509|. 3003 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_add_client_CA(SSL *ssl, X509 *x509); 3004 3005 // SSL_CTX_add_client_CA appends |x509|'s subject to the client certificate CA 3006 // list. It returns one on success or zero on error. The caller retains 3007 // ownership of |x509|. 3008 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_add_client_CA(SSL_CTX *ctx, X509 *x509); 3009 3010 // SSL_load_client_CA_file opens |file| and reads PEM-encoded certificates from 3011 // it. It returns a newly-allocated stack of the certificate subjects or NULL 3012 // on error. Duplicates in |file| are ignored. 3013 OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *SSL_load_client_CA_file(const char *file); 3014 3015 // SSL_dup_CA_list makes a deep copy of |list|. It returns the new list on 3016 // success or NULL on allocation error. 3017 OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *SSL_dup_CA_list(STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *list); 3018 3019 // SSL_add_file_cert_subjects_to_stack behaves like |SSL_load_client_CA_file| 3020 // but appends the result to |out|. It returns one on success or zero on 3021 // error. 3022 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_add_file_cert_subjects_to_stack(STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *out, 3023 const char *file); 3024 3025 // SSL_add_bio_cert_subjects_to_stack behaves like 3026 // |SSL_add_file_cert_subjects_to_stack| but reads from |bio|. 3027 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_add_bio_cert_subjects_to_stack(STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *out, 3028 BIO *bio); 3029 3030 3031 // Server name indication. 3032 // 3033 // The server_name extension (RFC 3546) allows the client to advertise the name 3034 // of the server it is connecting to. This is used in virtual hosting 3035 // deployments to select one of a several certificates on a single IP. Only the 3036 // host_name name type is supported. 3037 3038 #define TLSEXT_NAMETYPE_host_name 0 3039 3040 // SSL_set_tlsext_host_name, for a client, configures |ssl| to advertise |name| 3041 // in the server_name extension. It returns one on success and zero on error. 3042 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_tlsext_host_name(SSL *ssl, const char *name); 3043 3044 // SSL_get_servername, for a server, returns the hostname supplied by the 3045 // client or NULL if there was none. The |type| argument must be 3046 // |TLSEXT_NAMETYPE_host_name|. 3047 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_get_servername(const SSL *ssl, const int type); 3048 3049 // SSL_get_servername_type, for a server, returns |TLSEXT_NAMETYPE_host_name| 3050 // if the client sent a hostname and -1 otherwise. 3051 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_servername_type(const SSL *ssl); 3052 3053 // SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_callback configures |callback| to be called on 3054 // the server after ClientHello extensions have been parsed and returns one. 3055 // The callback may use |SSL_get_servername| to examine the server_name 3056 // extension and returns a |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_*| value. The value of |arg| may be 3057 // set by calling |SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_arg|. 3058 // 3059 // If the callback returns |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_NOACK|, the server_name extension is 3060 // not acknowledged in the ServerHello. If the return value is 3061 // |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_ALERT_FATAL|, then |*out_alert| is the alert to send, 3062 // defaulting to |SSL_AD_UNRECOGNIZED_NAME|. |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_ALERT_WARNING| is 3063 // ignored and treated as |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_OK|. 3064 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_callback( 3065 SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*callback)(SSL *ssl, int *out_alert, void *arg)); 3066 3067 // SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_arg sets the argument to the servername 3068 // callback and returns one. See |SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_callback|. 3069 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_arg(SSL_CTX *ctx, void *arg); 3070 3071 // SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_* are values returned by some extension-related callbacks. 3072 #define SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_OK 0 3073 #define SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_ALERT_WARNING 1 3074 #define SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_ALERT_FATAL 2 3075 #define SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_NOACK 3 3076 3077 // SSL_set_SSL_CTX changes |ssl|'s |SSL_CTX|. |ssl| will use the 3078 // certificate-related settings from |ctx|, and |SSL_get_SSL_CTX| will report 3079 // |ctx|. This function may be used during the callbacks registered by 3080 // |SSL_CTX_set_select_certificate_cb|, 3081 // |SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_callback|, and |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| or when 3082 // the handshake is paused from them. It is typically used to switch 3083 // certificates based on SNI. 3084 // 3085 // Note the session cache and related settings will continue to use the initial 3086 // |SSL_CTX|. Callers should use |SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context| to partition 3087 // the session cache between different domains. 3088 // 3089 // TODO(davidben): Should other settings change after this call? 3090 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_CTX *SSL_set_SSL_CTX(SSL *ssl, SSL_CTX *ctx); 3091 3092 3093 // Application-layer protocol negotiation. 3094 // 3095 // The ALPN extension (RFC 7301) allows negotiating different application-layer 3096 // protocols over a single port. This is used, for example, to negotiate 3097 // HTTP/2. 3098 3099 // SSL_CTX_set_alpn_protos sets the client ALPN protocol list on |ctx| to 3100 // |protos|. |protos| must be in wire-format (i.e. a series of non-empty, 8-bit 3101 // length-prefixed strings), or the empty string to disable ALPN. It returns 3102 // zero on success and one on failure. Configuring a non-empty string enables 3103 // ALPN on a client. 3104 // 3105 // WARNING: this function is dangerous because it breaks the usual return value 3106 // convention. 3107 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_alpn_protos(SSL_CTX *ctx, const uint8_t *protos, 3108 size_t protos_len); 3109 3110 // SSL_set_alpn_protos sets the client ALPN protocol list on |ssl| to |protos|. 3111 // |protos| must be in wire-format (i.e. a series of non-empty, 8-bit 3112 // length-prefixed strings), or the empty string to disable ALPN. It returns 3113 // zero on success and one on failure. Configuring a non-empty string enables 3114 // ALPN on a client. 3115 // 3116 // WARNING: this function is dangerous because it breaks the usual return value 3117 // convention. 3118 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_alpn_protos(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *protos, 3119 size_t protos_len); 3120 3121 // SSL_CTX_set_alpn_select_cb sets a callback function on |ctx| that is called 3122 // during ClientHello processing in order to select an ALPN protocol from the 3123 // client's list of offered protocols. |SSL_select_next_proto| is an optional 3124 // utility function which may be useful in implementing this callback. 3125 // 3126 // The callback is passed a wire-format (i.e. a series of non-empty, 8-bit 3127 // length-prefixed strings) ALPN protocol list in |in|. To select a protocol, 3128 // the callback should set |*out| and |*out_len| to the selected protocol and 3129 // return |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_OK| on success. It does not pass ownership of the 3130 // buffer, so |*out| should point to a static string, a buffer that outlives the 3131 // callback call, or the corresponding entry in |in|. 3132 // 3133 // If the server supports ALPN, but there are no protocols in common, the 3134 // callback should return |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_ALERT_FATAL| to abort the connection 3135 // with a no_application_protocol alert. 3136 // 3137 // If the server does not support ALPN, it can return |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_NOACK| to 3138 // continue the handshake without negotiating a protocol. This may be useful if 3139 // multiple server configurations share an |SSL_CTX|, only some of which have 3140 // ALPN protocols configured. 3141 // 3142 // |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_ALERT_WARNING| is ignored and will be treated as 3143 // |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_NOACK|. 3144 // 3145 // The callback will only be called if the client supports ALPN. Callers that 3146 // wish to require ALPN for all clients must check |SSL_get0_alpn_selected| 3147 // after the handshake. In QUIC connections, this is done automatically. 3148 // 3149 // The cipher suite is selected before negotiating ALPN. The callback may use 3150 // |SSL_get_pending_cipher| to query the cipher suite. This may be used to 3151 // implement HTTP/2's cipher suite constraints. 3152 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_alpn_select_cb( 3153 SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*cb)(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t **out, uint8_t *out_len, 3154 const uint8_t *in, unsigned in_len, void *arg), 3155 void *arg); 3156 3157 // SSL_get0_alpn_selected gets the selected ALPN protocol (if any) from |ssl|. 3158 // On return it sets |*out_data| to point to |*out_len| bytes of protocol name 3159 // (not including the leading length-prefix byte). If the server didn't respond 3160 // with a negotiated protocol then |*out_len| will be zero. 3161 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_get0_alpn_selected(const SSL *ssl, 3162 const uint8_t **out_data, 3163 unsigned *out_len); 3164 3165 // SSL_CTX_set_allow_unknown_alpn_protos configures client connections on |ctx| 3166 // to allow unknown ALPN protocols from the server. Otherwise, by default, the 3167 // client will require that the protocol be advertised in 3168 // |SSL_CTX_set_alpn_protos|. 3169 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_allow_unknown_alpn_protos(SSL_CTX *ctx, 3170 int enabled); 3171 3172 3173 // Application-layer protocol settings 3174 // 3175 // The ALPS extension (draft-vvv-tls-alps) allows exchanging application-layer 3176 // settings in the TLS handshake for applications negotiated with ALPN. Note 3177 // that, when ALPS is negotiated, the client and server each advertise their own 3178 // settings, so there are functions to both configure setting to send and query 3179 // received settings. 3180 3181 // SSL_add_application_settings configures |ssl| to enable ALPS with ALPN 3182 // protocol |proto|, sending an ALPS value of |settings|. It returns one on 3183 // success and zero on error. If |proto| is negotiated via ALPN and the peer 3184 // supports ALPS, |settings| will be sent to the peer. The peer's ALPS value can 3185 // be retrieved with |SSL_get0_peer_application_settings|. 3186 // 3187 // On the client, this function should be called before the handshake, once for 3188 // each supported ALPN protocol which uses ALPS. |proto| must be included in the 3189 // client's ALPN configuration (see |SSL_CTX_set_alpn_protos| and 3190 // |SSL_set_alpn_protos|). On the server, ALPS can be preconfigured for each 3191 // protocol as in the client, or configuration can be deferred to the ALPN 3192 // callback (see |SSL_CTX_set_alpn_select_cb|), in which case only the selected 3193 // protocol needs to be configured. 3194 // 3195 // ALPS can be independently configured from 0-RTT, however changes in protocol 3196 // settings will fallback to 1-RTT to negotiate the new value, so it is 3197 // recommended for |settings| to be relatively stable. 3198 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_add_application_settings(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *proto, 3199 size_t proto_len, 3200 const uint8_t *settings, 3201 size_t settings_len); 3202 3203 // SSL_get0_peer_application_settings sets |*out_data| and |*out_len| to a 3204 // buffer containing the peer's ALPS value, or the empty string if ALPS was not 3205 // negotiated. Note an empty string could also indicate the peer sent an empty 3206 // settings value. Use |SSL_has_application_settings| to check if ALPS was 3207 // negotiated. The output buffer is owned by |ssl| and is valid until the next 3208 // time |ssl| is modified. 3209 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_get0_peer_application_settings(const SSL *ssl, 3210 const uint8_t **out_data, 3211 size_t *out_len); 3212 3213 // SSL_has_application_settings returns one if ALPS was negotiated on this 3214 // connection and zero otherwise. 3215 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_has_application_settings(const SSL *ssl); 3216 3217 // SSL_set_alps_use_new_codepoint configures whether to use the new ALPS 3218 // codepoint. By default, the old codepoint is used. 3219 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_alps_use_new_codepoint(SSL *ssl, int use_new); 3220 3221 3222 // Certificate compression. 3223 // 3224 // Certificates in TLS 1.3 can be compressed (RFC 8879). BoringSSL supports this 3225 // as both a client and a server, but does not link against any specific 3226 // compression libraries in order to keep dependencies to a minimum. Instead, 3227 // hooks for compression and decompression can be installed in an |SSL_CTX| to 3228 // enable support. 3229 3230 // ssl_cert_compression_func_t is a pointer to a function that performs 3231 // compression. It must write the compressed representation of |in| to |out|, 3232 // returning one on success and zero on error. The results of compressing 3233 // certificates are not cached internally. Implementations may wish to implement 3234 // their own cache if they expect it to be useful given the certificates that 3235 // they serve. 3236 typedef int (*ssl_cert_compression_func_t)(SSL *ssl, CBB *out, 3237 const uint8_t *in, size_t in_len); 3238 3239 // ssl_cert_decompression_func_t is a pointer to a function that performs 3240 // decompression. The compressed data from the peer is passed as |in| and the 3241 // decompressed result must be exactly |uncompressed_len| bytes long. It returns 3242 // one on success, in which case |*out| must be set to the result of 3243 // decompressing |in|, or zero on error. Setting |*out| transfers ownership, 3244 // i.e. |CRYPTO_BUFFER_free| will be called on |*out| at some point in the 3245 // future. The results of decompressions are not cached internally. 3246 // Implementations may wish to implement their own cache if they expect it to be 3247 // useful. 3248 typedef int (*ssl_cert_decompression_func_t)(SSL *ssl, CRYPTO_BUFFER **out, 3249 size_t uncompressed_len, 3250 const uint8_t *in, size_t in_len); 3251 3252 // SSL_CTX_add_cert_compression_alg registers a certificate compression 3253 // algorithm on |ctx| with ID |alg_id|. (The value of |alg_id| should be an IANA 3254 // assigned value and each can only be registered once.) 3255 // 3256 // One of the function pointers may be NULL to avoid having to implement both 3257 // sides of a compression algorithm if you're only going to use it in one 3258 // direction. In this case, the unimplemented direction acts like it was never 3259 // configured. 3260 // 3261 // For a server, algorithms are registered in preference order with the most 3262 // preferable first. It returns one on success or zero on error. 3263 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_add_cert_compression_alg( 3264 SSL_CTX *ctx, uint16_t alg_id, ssl_cert_compression_func_t compress, 3265 ssl_cert_decompression_func_t decompress); 3266 3267 3268 // Next protocol negotiation. 3269 // 3270 // The NPN extension (draft-agl-tls-nextprotoneg-03) is the predecessor to ALPN 3271 // and deprecated in favor of it. 3272 3273 // SSL_CTX_set_next_protos_advertised_cb sets a callback that is called when a 3274 // TLS server needs a list of supported protocols for Next Protocol Negotiation. 3275 // 3276 // If the callback wishes to advertise NPN to the client, it should return 3277 // |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_OK| and then set |*out| and |*out_len| to describe to a 3278 // buffer containing a (possibly empty) list of supported protocols in wire 3279 // format. That is, each protocol is prefixed with a 1-byte length, then 3280 // concatenated. From there, the client will select a protocol, possibly one not 3281 // on the server's list. The caller can use |SSL_get0_next_proto_negotiated| 3282 // after the handshake completes to query the final protocol. 3283 // 3284 // The returned buffer must remain valid and unmodified for at least the 3285 // duration of the |SSL| operation (e.g. |SSL_do_handshake|) that triggered the 3286 // callback. 3287 // 3288 // If the caller wishes not to advertise NPN, it should return 3289 // |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_NOACK|. No NPN extension will be included in the ServerHello, 3290 // and the TLS server will behave as if it does not implement NPN. 3291 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_next_protos_advertised_cb( 3292 SSL_CTX *ctx, 3293 int (*cb)(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t **out, unsigned *out_len, void *arg), 3294 void *arg); 3295 3296 // SSL_CTX_set_next_proto_select_cb sets a callback that is called when a client 3297 // needs to select a protocol from the server's provided list, passed in wire 3298 // format in |in_len| bytes from |in|. The callback can assume that |in| is 3299 // syntactically valid. |SSL_select_next_proto| is an optional utility function 3300 // which may be useful in implementing this callback. 3301 // 3302 // On success, the callback should return |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_OK| and set |*out| and 3303 // |*out_len| to describe a buffer containing the selected protocol, or an 3304 // empty buffer to select no protocol. The returned buffer may point within 3305 // |in|, or it may point to some other buffer that remains valid and unmodified 3306 // for at least the duration of the |SSL| operation (e.g. |SSL_do_handshake|) 3307 // that triggered the callback. 3308 // 3309 // Returning any other value indicates a fatal error and will terminate the TLS 3310 // connection. To proceed without selecting a protocol, the callback must return 3311 // |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_OK| and set |*out| and |*out_len| to an empty buffer. (E.g. 3312 // NULL and zero, respectively.) 3313 // 3314 // Configuring this callback enables NPN on a client. Although the callback can 3315 // then decline to negotiate a protocol, merely configuring the callback causes 3316 // the client to offer NPN in the ClientHello. Callers thus should not configure 3317 // this callback in TLS client contexts that are not intended to use NPN. 3318 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_next_proto_select_cb( 3319 SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*cb)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t **out, uint8_t *out_len, 3320 const uint8_t *in, unsigned in_len, void *arg), 3321 void *arg); 3322 3323 // SSL_get0_next_proto_negotiated sets |*out_data| and |*out_len| to point to 3324 // the client's requested protocol for this connection. If the client didn't 3325 // request any protocol, then |*out_len| is set to zero. 3326 // 3327 // Note that the client can request any protocol it chooses. The value returned 3328 // from this function need not be a member of the list of supported protocols 3329 // provided by the server. 3330 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_get0_next_proto_negotiated(const SSL *ssl, 3331 const uint8_t **out_data, 3332 unsigned *out_len); 3333 3334 // SSL_select_next_proto implements the standard protocol selection for either 3335 // ALPN servers or NPN clients. It is expected that this function is called from 3336 // the callback set by |SSL_CTX_set_alpn_select_cb| or 3337 // |SSL_CTX_set_next_proto_select_cb|. 3338 // 3339 // |peer| and |supported| contain the peer and locally-configured protocols, 3340 // respectively. This function finds the first protocol in |peer| which is also 3341 // in |supported|. If one was found, it sets |*out| and |*out_len| to point to 3342 // it and returns |OPENSSL_NPN_NEGOTIATED|. Otherwise, it returns 3343 // |OPENSSL_NPN_NO_OVERLAP| and sets |*out| and |*out_len| to the first 3344 // supported protocol. 3345 // 3346 // In ALPN, the server should only select protocols among those that the client 3347 // offered. Thus, if this function returns |OPENSSL_NPN_NO_OVERLAP|, the caller 3348 // should ignore |*out| and return |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_ALERT_FATAL| from 3349 // |SSL_CTX_set_alpn_select_cb|'s callback to indicate there was no match. 3350 // 3351 // In NPN, the client may either select one of the server's protocols, or an 3352 // "opportunistic" protocol as described in Section 6 of 3353 // draft-agl-tls-nextprotoneg-03. When this function returns 3354 // |OPENSSL_NPN_NO_OVERLAP|, |*out| implicitly selects the first supported 3355 // protocol for use as the opportunistic protocol. The caller may use it, 3356 // ignore it and select a different opportunistic protocol, or ignore it and 3357 // select no protocol (empty string). 3358 // 3359 // |peer| and |supported| must be vectors of 8-bit, length-prefixed byte 3360 // strings. The length byte itself is not included in the length. A byte string 3361 // of length 0 is invalid. No byte string may be truncated. |supported| must be 3362 // non-empty; a caller that supports no ALPN/NPN protocols should skip 3363 // negotiating the extension, rather than calling this function. If any of these 3364 // preconditions do not hold, this function will return |OPENSSL_NPN_NO_OVERLAP| 3365 // and set |*out| and |*out_len| to an empty buffer for robustness, but callers 3366 // are not recommended to rely on this. An empty buffer is not a valid output 3367 // for |SSL_CTX_set_alpn_select_cb|'s callback. 3368 // 3369 // WARNING: |*out| and |*out_len| may alias either |peer| or |supported| and may 3370 // not be used after one of those buffers is modified or released. Additionally, 3371 // this function is not const-correct for compatibility reasons. Although |*out| 3372 // is a non-const pointer, callers may not modify the buffer though |*out|. 3373 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_select_next_proto(uint8_t **out, uint8_t *out_len, 3374 const uint8_t *peer, unsigned peer_len, 3375 const uint8_t *supported, 3376 unsigned supported_len); 3377 3378 #define OPENSSL_NPN_UNSUPPORTED 0 3379 #define OPENSSL_NPN_NEGOTIATED 1 3380 #define OPENSSL_NPN_NO_OVERLAP 2 3381 3382 3383 // Channel ID. 3384 // 3385 // See draft-balfanz-tls-channelid-01. This is an old, experimental mechanism 3386 // and should not be used in new code. 3387 3388 // SSL_CTX_set_tls_channel_id_enabled configures whether connections associated 3389 // with |ctx| should enable Channel ID as a server. 3390 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_tls_channel_id_enabled(SSL_CTX *ctx, 3391 int enabled); 3392 3393 // SSL_set_tls_channel_id_enabled configures whether |ssl| should enable Channel 3394 // ID as a server. 3395 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_tls_channel_id_enabled(SSL *ssl, int enabled); 3396 3397 // SSL_CTX_set1_tls_channel_id configures a TLS client to send a TLS Channel ID 3398 // to compatible servers. |private_key| must be a P-256 EC key. It returns one 3399 // on success and zero on error. 3400 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_tls_channel_id(SSL_CTX *ctx, 3401 EVP_PKEY *private_key); 3402 3403 // SSL_set1_tls_channel_id configures a TLS client to send a TLS Channel ID to 3404 // compatible servers. |private_key| must be a P-256 EC key. It returns one on 3405 // success and zero on error. 3406 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_tls_channel_id(SSL *ssl, EVP_PKEY *private_key); 3407 3408 // SSL_get_tls_channel_id gets the client's TLS Channel ID from a server |SSL| 3409 // and copies up to the first |max_out| bytes into |out|. The Channel ID 3410 // consists of the client's P-256 public key as an (x,y) pair where each is a 3411 // 32-byte, big-endian field element. It returns 0 if the client didn't offer a 3412 // Channel ID and the length of the complete Channel ID otherwise. This function 3413 // always returns zero if |ssl| is a client. 3414 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_tls_channel_id(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, 3415 size_t max_out); 3416 3417 3418 // DTLS-SRTP. 3419 // 3420 // See RFC 5764. 3421 3422 // srtp_protection_profile_st (aka |SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE|) is an SRTP 3423 // profile for use with the use_srtp extension. 3424 struct srtp_protection_profile_st { 3425 const char *name; 3426 unsigned long id; 3427 } /* SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE */; 3428 3429 DEFINE_CONST_STACK_OF(SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE) 3430 3431 // SRTP_* define constants for SRTP profiles. 3432 #define SRTP_AES128_CM_SHA1_80 0x0001 3433 #define SRTP_AES128_CM_SHA1_32 0x0002 3434 #define SRTP_AES128_F8_SHA1_80 0x0003 3435 #define SRTP_AES128_F8_SHA1_32 0x0004 3436 #define SRTP_NULL_SHA1_80 0x0005 3437 #define SRTP_NULL_SHA1_32 0x0006 3438 #define SRTP_AEAD_AES_128_GCM 0x0007 3439 #define SRTP_AEAD_AES_256_GCM 0x0008 3440 3441 // SSL_CTX_set_srtp_profiles enables SRTP for all SSL objects created from 3442 // |ctx|. |profile| contains a colon-separated list of profile names. It returns 3443 // one on success and zero on failure. 3444 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_srtp_profiles(SSL_CTX *ctx, 3445 const char *profiles); 3446 3447 // SSL_set_srtp_profiles enables SRTP for |ssl|. |profile| contains a 3448 // colon-separated list of profile names. It returns one on success and zero on 3449 // failure. 3450 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_srtp_profiles(SSL *ssl, const char *profiles); 3451 3452 // SSL_get_srtp_profiles returns the SRTP profiles supported by |ssl|. 3453 OPENSSL_EXPORT const STACK_OF(SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE) *SSL_get_srtp_profiles( 3454 const SSL *ssl); 3455 3456 // SSL_get_selected_srtp_profile returns the selected SRTP profile, or NULL if 3457 // SRTP was not negotiated. 3458 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE *SSL_get_selected_srtp_profile( 3459 SSL *ssl); 3460 3461 3462 // Pre-shared keys. 3463 // 3464 // Connections may be configured with PSK (Pre-Shared Key) cipher suites. These 3465 // authenticate using out-of-band pre-shared keys rather than certificates. See 3466 // RFC 4279. 3467 // 3468 // This implementation uses NUL-terminated C strings for identities and identity 3469 // hints, so values with a NUL character are not supported. (RFC 4279 does not 3470 // specify the format of an identity.) 3471 3472 // PSK_MAX_IDENTITY_LEN is the maximum supported length of a PSK identity, 3473 // excluding the NUL terminator. 3474 #define PSK_MAX_IDENTITY_LEN 128 3475 3476 // PSK_MAX_PSK_LEN is the maximum supported length of a pre-shared key. 3477 #define PSK_MAX_PSK_LEN 256 3478 3479 // SSL_CTX_set_psk_client_callback sets the callback to be called when PSK is 3480 // negotiated on the client. This callback must be set to enable PSK cipher 3481 // suites on the client. 3482 // 3483 // The callback is passed the identity hint in |hint| or NULL if none was 3484 // provided. It should select a PSK identity and write the identity and the 3485 // corresponding PSK to |identity| and |psk|, respectively. The identity is 3486 // written as a NUL-terminated C string of length (excluding the NUL terminator) 3487 // at most |max_identity_len|. The PSK's length must be at most |max_psk_len|. 3488 // The callback returns the length of the PSK or 0 if no suitable identity was 3489 // found. 3490 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_psk_client_callback( 3491 SSL_CTX *ctx, unsigned (*cb)(SSL *ssl, const char *hint, char *identity, 3492 unsigned max_identity_len, uint8_t *psk, 3493 unsigned max_psk_len)); 3494 3495 // SSL_set_psk_client_callback sets the callback to be called when PSK is 3496 // negotiated on the client. This callback must be set to enable PSK cipher 3497 // suites on the client. See also |SSL_CTX_set_psk_client_callback|. 3498 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_psk_client_callback( 3499 SSL *ssl, unsigned (*cb)(SSL *ssl, const char *hint, char *identity, 3500 unsigned max_identity_len, uint8_t *psk, 3501 unsigned max_psk_len)); 3502 3503 // SSL_CTX_set_psk_server_callback sets the callback to be called when PSK is 3504 // negotiated on the server. This callback must be set to enable PSK cipher 3505 // suites on the server. 3506 // 3507 // The callback is passed the identity in |identity|. It should write a PSK of 3508 // length at most |max_psk_len| to |psk| and return the number of bytes written 3509 // or zero if the PSK identity is unknown. 3510 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_psk_server_callback( 3511 SSL_CTX *ctx, unsigned (*cb)(SSL *ssl, const char *identity, uint8_t *psk, 3512 unsigned max_psk_len)); 3513 3514 // SSL_set_psk_server_callback sets the callback to be called when PSK is 3515 // negotiated on the server. This callback must be set to enable PSK cipher 3516 // suites on the server. See also |SSL_CTX_set_psk_server_callback|. 3517 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_psk_server_callback( 3518 SSL *ssl, unsigned (*cb)(SSL *ssl, const char *identity, uint8_t *psk, 3519 unsigned max_psk_len)); 3520 3521 // SSL_CTX_use_psk_identity_hint configures server connections to advertise an 3522 // identity hint of |identity_hint|. It returns one on success and zero on 3523 // error. 3524 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_psk_identity_hint(SSL_CTX *ctx, 3525 const char *identity_hint); 3526 3527 // SSL_use_psk_identity_hint configures server connections to advertise an 3528 // identity hint of |identity_hint|. It returns one on success and zero on 3529 // error. 3530 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_psk_identity_hint(SSL *ssl, 3531 const char *identity_hint); 3532 3533 // SSL_get_psk_identity_hint returns the PSK identity hint advertised for |ssl| 3534 // or NULL if there is none. 3535 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_get_psk_identity_hint(const SSL *ssl); 3536 3537 // SSL_get_psk_identity, after the handshake completes, returns the PSK identity 3538 // that was negotiated by |ssl| or NULL if PSK was not used. 3539 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_get_psk_identity(const SSL *ssl); 3540 3541 3542 // Delegated credentials. 3543 // 3544 // Delegated credentials (RFC 9345) allow a TLS 1.3 endpoint to use its 3545 // certificate to issue new credentials for authentication. Once issued, 3546 // credentials can't be revoked. In order to mitigate the damage in case the 3547 // credential secret key is compromised, the credential is only valid for a 3548 // short time (days, hours, or even minutes). 3549 // 3550 // Currently only the authenticating side, as a server, is implemented. To 3551 // authenticate with delegated credentials, construct an |SSL_CREDENTIAL| with 3552 // |SSL_CREDENTIAL_new_delegated| and add it to the credential list. See also 3553 // |SSL_CTX_add1_credential|. Callers may configure a mix of delegated 3554 // credentials and X.509 credentials on the same |SSL| or |SSL_CTX| to support a 3555 // range of clients. 3556 3557 // SSL_CREDENTIAL_new_delegated returns a new, empty delegated credential, or 3558 // NULL on error. Callers should release the result with |SSL_CREDENTIAL_free| 3559 // when done. 3560 // 3561 // Callers should configure a delegated credential, certificate chain and 3562 // private key on the credential, along with other properties, then add it with 3563 // |SSL_CTX_add1_credential|. 3564 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_CREDENTIAL *SSL_CREDENTIAL_new_delegated(void); 3565 3566 // SSL_CREDENTIAL_set1_delegated_credential sets |cred|'s delegated credentials 3567 // structure to |dc|. It returns one on success and zero on error, including if 3568 // |dc| is malformed. This should be a DelegatedCredential structure, signed by 3569 // the end-entity certificate, as described in RFC 9345. 3570 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CREDENTIAL_set1_delegated_credential( 3571 SSL_CREDENTIAL *cred, CRYPTO_BUFFER *dc); 3572 3573 3574 // QUIC integration. 3575 // 3576 // QUIC acts as an underlying transport for the TLS 1.3 handshake. The following 3577 // functions allow a QUIC implementation to serve as the underlying transport as 3578 // described in RFC 9001. 3579 // 3580 // When configured for QUIC, |SSL_do_handshake| will drive the handshake as 3581 // before, but it will not use the configured |BIO|. It will call functions on 3582 // |SSL_QUIC_METHOD| to configure secrets and send data. If data is needed from 3583 // the peer, it will return |SSL_ERROR_WANT_READ|. As the caller receives data 3584 // it can decrypt, it calls |SSL_provide_quic_data|. Subsequent 3585 // |SSL_do_handshake| calls will then consume that data and progress the 3586 // handshake. After the handshake is complete, the caller should continue to 3587 // call |SSL_provide_quic_data| for any post-handshake data, followed by 3588 // |SSL_process_quic_post_handshake| to process it. It is an error to call 3589 // |SSL_read| and |SSL_write| in QUIC. 3590 // 3591 // 0-RTT behaves similarly to |TLS_method|'s usual behavior. |SSL_do_handshake| 3592 // returns early as soon as the client (respectively, server) is allowed to send 3593 // 0-RTT (respectively, half-RTT) data. The caller should then call 3594 // |SSL_do_handshake| again to consume the remaining handshake messages and 3595 // confirm the handshake. As a client, |SSL_ERROR_EARLY_DATA_REJECTED| and 3596 // |SSL_reset_early_data_reject| behave as usual. 3597 // 3598 // See https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9001.html#section-4.1 for more details. 3599 // 3600 // To avoid DoS attacks, the QUIC implementation must limit the amount of data 3601 // being queued up. The implementation can call 3602 // |SSL_quic_max_handshake_flight_len| to get the maximum buffer length at each 3603 // encryption level. 3604 // 3605 // QUIC implementations must additionally configure transport parameters with 3606 // |SSL_set_quic_transport_params|. |SSL_get_peer_quic_transport_params| may be 3607 // used to query the value received from the peer. BoringSSL handles this 3608 // extension as an opaque byte string. The caller is responsible for serializing 3609 // and parsing them. See https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9000#section-7.4 for 3610 // details. 3611 // 3612 // QUIC additionally imposes restrictions on 0-RTT. In particular, the QUIC 3613 // transport layer requires that if a server accepts 0-RTT data, then the 3614 // transport parameters sent on the resumed connection must not lower any limits 3615 // compared to the transport parameters that the server sent on the connection 3616 // where the ticket for 0-RTT was issued. In effect, the server must remember 3617 // the transport parameters with the ticket. Application protocols running on 3618 // QUIC may impose similar restrictions, for example HTTP/3's restrictions on 3619 // SETTINGS frames. 3620 // 3621 // BoringSSL implements this check by doing a byte-for-byte comparison of an 3622 // opaque context passed in by the server. This context must be the same on the 3623 // connection where the ticket was issued and the connection where that ticket 3624 // is used for 0-RTT. If there is a mismatch, or the context was not set, 3625 // BoringSSL will reject early data (but not reject the resumption attempt). 3626 // This context is set via |SSL_set_quic_early_data_context| and should cover 3627 // both transport parameters and any application state. 3628 // |SSL_set_quic_early_data_context| must be called on the server with a 3629 // non-empty context if the server is to support 0-RTT in QUIC. 3630 // 3631 // BoringSSL does not perform any client-side checks on the transport 3632 // parameters received from a server that also accepted early data. It is up to 3633 // the caller to verify that the received transport parameters do not lower any 3634 // limits, and to close the QUIC connection if that is not the case. The same 3635 // holds for any application protocol state remembered for 0-RTT, e.g. HTTP/3 3636 // SETTINGS. 3637 3638 // ssl_encryption_level_t represents a specific QUIC encryption level used to 3639 // transmit handshake messages. 3640 enum ssl_encryption_level_t BORINGSSL_ENUM_INT { 3641 ssl_encryption_initial = 0, 3642 ssl_encryption_early_data, 3643 ssl_encryption_handshake, 3644 ssl_encryption_application, 3645 }; 3646 3647 // ssl_quic_method_st (aka |SSL_QUIC_METHOD|) describes custom QUIC hooks. 3648 struct ssl_quic_method_st { 3649 // set_read_secret configures the read secret and cipher suite for the given 3650 // encryption level. It returns one on success and zero to terminate the 3651 // handshake with an error. It will be called at most once per encryption 3652 // level. 3653 // 3654 // BoringSSL will not release read keys before QUIC may use them. Once a level 3655 // has been initialized, QUIC may begin processing data from it. Handshake 3656 // data should be passed to |SSL_provide_quic_data| and application data (if 3657 // |level| is |ssl_encryption_early_data| or |ssl_encryption_application|) may 3658 // be processed according to the rules of the QUIC protocol. 3659 // 3660 // QUIC ACKs packets at the same encryption level they were received at, 3661 // except that client |ssl_encryption_early_data| (0-RTT) packets trigger 3662 // server |ssl_encryption_application| (1-RTT) ACKs. BoringSSL will always 3663 // install ACK-writing keys with |set_write_secret| before the packet-reading 3664 // keys with |set_read_secret|. This ensures the caller can always ACK any 3665 // packet it decrypts. Note this means the server installs 1-RTT write keys 3666 // before 0-RTT read keys. 3667 // 3668 // The converse is not true. An encryption level may be configured with write 3669 // secrets a roundtrip before the corresponding secrets for reading ACKs is 3670 // available. 3671 int (*set_read_secret)(SSL *ssl, enum ssl_encryption_level_t level, 3672 const SSL_CIPHER *cipher, const uint8_t *secret, 3673 size_t secret_len); 3674 // set_write_secret behaves like |set_read_secret| but configures the write 3675 // secret and cipher suite for the given encryption level. It will be called 3676 // at most once per encryption level. 3677 // 3678 // BoringSSL will not release write keys before QUIC may use them. If |level| 3679 // is |ssl_encryption_early_data| or |ssl_encryption_application|, QUIC may 3680 // begin sending application data at |level|. However, note that BoringSSL 3681 // configures server |ssl_encryption_application| write keys before the client 3682 // Finished. This allows QUIC to send half-RTT data, but the handshake is not 3683 // confirmed at this point and, if requesting client certificates, the client 3684 // is not yet authenticated. 3685 // 3686 // See |set_read_secret| for additional invariants between packets and their 3687 // ACKs. 3688 // 3689 // Note that, on 0-RTT reject, the |ssl_encryption_early_data| write secret 3690 // may use a different cipher suite from the other keys. 3691 int (*set_write_secret)(SSL *ssl, enum ssl_encryption_level_t level, 3692 const SSL_CIPHER *cipher, const uint8_t *secret, 3693 size_t secret_len); 3694 // add_handshake_data adds handshake data to the current flight at the given 3695 // encryption level. It returns one on success and zero on error. 3696 // 3697 // BoringSSL will pack data from a single encryption level together, but a 3698 // single handshake flight may include multiple encryption levels. Callers 3699 // should defer writing data to the network until |flush_flight| to better 3700 // pack QUIC packets into transport datagrams. 3701 // 3702 // If |level| is not |ssl_encryption_initial|, this function will not be 3703 // called before |level| is initialized with |set_write_secret|. 3704 int (*add_handshake_data)(SSL *ssl, enum ssl_encryption_level_t level, 3705 const uint8_t *data, size_t len); 3706 // flush_flight is called when the current flight is complete and should be 3707 // written to the transport. Note a flight may contain data at several 3708 // encryption levels. It returns one on success and zero on error. 3709 int (*flush_flight)(SSL *ssl); 3710 // send_alert sends a fatal alert at the specified encryption level. It 3711 // returns one on success and zero on error. 3712 // 3713 // If |level| is not |ssl_encryption_initial|, this function will not be 3714 // called before |level| is initialized with |set_write_secret|. 3715 int (*send_alert)(SSL *ssl, enum ssl_encryption_level_t level, uint8_t alert); 3716 }; 3717 3718 // SSL_quic_max_handshake_flight_len returns returns the maximum number of bytes 3719 // that may be received at the given encryption level. This function should be 3720 // used to limit buffering in the QUIC implementation. 3721 // 3722 // See https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9000#section-7.5 3723 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_quic_max_handshake_flight_len( 3724 const SSL *ssl, enum ssl_encryption_level_t level); 3725 3726 // SSL_quic_read_level returns the current read encryption level. 3727 // 3728 // TODO(davidben): Is it still necessary to expose this function to callers? 3729 // QUICHE does not use it. 3730 OPENSSL_EXPORT enum ssl_encryption_level_t SSL_quic_read_level(const SSL *ssl); 3731 3732 // SSL_quic_write_level returns the current write encryption level. 3733 // 3734 // TODO(davidben): Is it still necessary to expose this function to callers? 3735 // QUICHE does not use it. 3736 OPENSSL_EXPORT enum ssl_encryption_level_t SSL_quic_write_level(const SSL *ssl); 3737 3738 // SSL_provide_quic_data provides data from QUIC at a particular encryption 3739 // level |level|. It returns one on success and zero on error. Note this 3740 // function will return zero if the handshake is not expecting data from |level| 3741 // at this time. The QUIC implementation should then close the connection with 3742 // an error. 3743 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_provide_quic_data(SSL *ssl, 3744 enum ssl_encryption_level_t level, 3745 const uint8_t *data, size_t len); 3746 3747 3748 // SSL_process_quic_post_handshake processes any data that QUIC has provided 3749 // after the handshake has completed. This includes NewSessionTicket messages 3750 // sent by the server. It returns one on success and zero on error. 3751 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_process_quic_post_handshake(SSL *ssl); 3752 3753 // SSL_CTX_set_quic_method configures the QUIC hooks. This should only be 3754 // configured with a minimum version of TLS 1.3. |quic_method| must remain valid 3755 // for the lifetime of |ctx|. It returns one on success and zero on error. 3756 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_quic_method(SSL_CTX *ctx, 3757 const SSL_QUIC_METHOD *quic_method); 3758 3759 // SSL_set_quic_method configures the QUIC hooks. This should only be 3760 // configured with a minimum version of TLS 1.3. |quic_method| must remain valid 3761 // for the lifetime of |ssl|. It returns one on success and zero on error. 3762 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_quic_method(SSL *ssl, 3763 const SSL_QUIC_METHOD *quic_method); 3764 3765 // SSL_set_quic_transport_params configures |ssl| to send |params| (of length 3766 // |params_len|) in the quic_transport_parameters extension in either the 3767 // ClientHello or EncryptedExtensions handshake message. It is an error to set 3768 // transport parameters if |ssl| is not configured for QUIC. The buffer pointed 3769 // to by |params| only need be valid for the duration of the call to this 3770 // function. This function returns 1 on success and 0 on failure. 3771 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_quic_transport_params(SSL *ssl, 3772 const uint8_t *params, 3773 size_t params_len); 3774 3775 // SSL_get_peer_quic_transport_params provides the caller with the value of the 3776 // quic_transport_parameters extension sent by the peer. A pointer to the buffer 3777 // containing the TransportParameters will be put in |*out_params|, and its 3778 // length in |*params_len|. This buffer will be valid for the lifetime of the 3779 // |SSL|. If no params were received from the peer, |*out_params_len| will be 0. 3780 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_get_peer_quic_transport_params( 3781 const SSL *ssl, const uint8_t **out_params, size_t *out_params_len); 3782 3783 // SSL_set_quic_use_legacy_codepoint configures whether to use the legacy QUIC 3784 // extension codepoint 0xffa5 as opposed to the official value 57. Call with 3785 // |use_legacy| set to 1 to use 0xffa5 and call with 0 to use 57. By default, 3786 // the standard code point is used. 3787 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_quic_use_legacy_codepoint(SSL *ssl, int use_legacy); 3788 3789 // SSL_set_quic_early_data_context configures a context string in QUIC servers 3790 // for accepting early data. If a resumption connection offers early data, the 3791 // server will check if the value matches that of the connection which minted 3792 // the ticket. If not, resumption still succeeds but early data is rejected. 3793 // This should include all QUIC Transport Parameters except ones specified that 3794 // the client MUST NOT remember. This should also include any application 3795 // protocol-specific state. For HTTP/3, this should be the serialized server 3796 // SETTINGS frame and the QUIC Transport Parameters (except the stateless reset 3797 // token). 3798 // 3799 // This function may be called before |SSL_do_handshake| or during server 3800 // certificate selection. It returns 1 on success and 0 on failure. 3801 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_quic_early_data_context(SSL *ssl, 3802 const uint8_t *context, 3803 size_t context_len); 3804 3805 3806 // Early data. 3807 // 3808 // WARNING: 0-RTT support in BoringSSL is currently experimental and not fully 3809 // implemented. It may cause interoperability or security failures when used. 3810 // 3811 // Early data, or 0-RTT, is a feature in TLS 1.3 which allows clients to send 3812 // data on the first flight during a resumption handshake. This can save a 3813 // round-trip in some application protocols. 3814 // 3815 // WARNING: A 0-RTT handshake has different security properties from normal 3816 // handshake, so it is off by default unless opted in. In particular, early data 3817 // is replayable by a network attacker. Callers must account for this when 3818 // sending or processing data before the handshake is confirmed. See RFC 8446 3819 // for more information. 3820 // 3821 // As a server, if early data is accepted, |SSL_do_handshake| will complete as 3822 // soon as the ClientHello is processed and server flight sent. |SSL_write| may 3823 // be used to send half-RTT data. |SSL_read| will consume early data and 3824 // transition to 1-RTT data as appropriate. Prior to the transition, 3825 // |SSL_in_init| will report the handshake is still in progress. Callers may use 3826 // it or |SSL_in_early_data| to defer or reject requests as needed. 3827 // 3828 // Early data as a client is more complex. If the offered session (see 3829 // |SSL_set_session|) is 0-RTT-capable, the handshake will return after sending 3830 // the ClientHello. The predicted peer certificates and ALPN protocol will be 3831 // available via the usual APIs. |SSL_write| will write early data, up to the 3832 // session's limit. Writes past this limit and |SSL_read| will complete the 3833 // handshake before continuing. Callers may also call |SSL_do_handshake| again 3834 // to complete the handshake sooner. 3835 // 3836 // If the server accepts early data, the handshake will succeed. |SSL_read| and 3837 // |SSL_write| will then act as in a 1-RTT handshake. The peer certificates and 3838 // ALPN protocol will be as predicted and need not be re-queried. 3839 // 3840 // If the server rejects early data, |SSL_do_handshake| (and thus |SSL_read| and 3841 // |SSL_write|) will then fail with |SSL_get_error| returning 3842 // |SSL_ERROR_EARLY_DATA_REJECTED|. The caller should treat this as a connection 3843 // error and most likely perform a high-level retry. Note the server may still 3844 // have processed the early data due to attacker replays. 3845 // 3846 // To then continue the handshake on the original connection, use 3847 // |SSL_reset_early_data_reject|. The connection will then behave as one which 3848 // had not yet completed the handshake. This allows a faster retry than making a 3849 // fresh connection. |SSL_do_handshake| will complete the full handshake, 3850 // possibly resulting in different peer certificates, ALPN protocol, and other 3851 // properties. The caller must disregard any values from before the reset and 3852 // query again. 3853 // 3854 // Finally, to implement the fallback described in RFC 8446 appendix D.3, retry 3855 // on a fresh connection without 0-RTT if the handshake fails with 3856 // |SSL_R_WRONG_VERSION_ON_EARLY_DATA|. 3857 3858 // SSL_CTX_set_early_data_enabled sets whether early data is allowed to be used 3859 // with resumptions using |ctx|. 3860 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_early_data_enabled(SSL_CTX *ctx, int enabled); 3861 3862 // SSL_set_early_data_enabled sets whether early data is allowed to be used 3863 // with resumptions using |ssl|. See |SSL_CTX_set_early_data_enabled| for more 3864 // information. 3865 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_early_data_enabled(SSL *ssl, int enabled); 3866 3867 // SSL_in_early_data returns one if |ssl| has a pending handshake that has 3868 // progressed enough to send or receive early data. Clients may call |SSL_write| 3869 // to send early data, but |SSL_read| will complete the handshake before 3870 // accepting application data. Servers may call |SSL_read| to read early data 3871 // and |SSL_write| to send half-RTT data. 3872 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_in_early_data(const SSL *ssl); 3873 3874 // SSL_SESSION_early_data_capable returns whether early data would have been 3875 // attempted with |session| if enabled. 3876 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_early_data_capable(const SSL_SESSION *session); 3877 3878 // SSL_SESSION_copy_without_early_data returns a copy of |session| with early 3879 // data disabled. If |session| already does not support early data, it returns 3880 // |session| with the reference count increased. The caller takes ownership of 3881 // the result and must release it with |SSL_SESSION_free|. 3882 // 3883 // This function may be used on the client to clear early data support from 3884 // existing sessions when the server rejects early data. In particular, 3885 // |SSL_R_WRONG_VERSION_ON_EARLY_DATA| requires a fresh connection to retry, and 3886 // the client would not want 0-RTT enabled for the next connection attempt. 3887 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *SSL_SESSION_copy_without_early_data( 3888 SSL_SESSION *session); 3889 3890 // SSL_early_data_accepted returns whether early data was accepted on the 3891 // handshake performed by |ssl|. 3892 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_early_data_accepted(const SSL *ssl); 3893 3894 // SSL_reset_early_data_reject resets |ssl| after an early data reject. All 3895 // 0-RTT state is discarded, including any pending |SSL_write| calls. The caller 3896 // should treat |ssl| as a logically fresh connection, usually by driving the 3897 // handshake to completion using |SSL_do_handshake|. 3898 // 3899 // It is an error to call this function on an |SSL| object that is not signaling 3900 // |SSL_ERROR_EARLY_DATA_REJECTED|. 3901 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_reset_early_data_reject(SSL *ssl); 3902 3903 // SSL_get_ticket_age_skew returns the difference, in seconds, between the 3904 // client-sent ticket age and the server-computed value in TLS 1.3 server 3905 // connections which resumed a session. 3906 OPENSSL_EXPORT int32_t SSL_get_ticket_age_skew(const SSL *ssl); 3907 3908 // An ssl_early_data_reason_t describes why 0-RTT was accepted or rejected. 3909 // These values are persisted to logs. Entries should not be renumbered and 3910 // numeric values should never be reused. 3911 enum ssl_early_data_reason_t BORINGSSL_ENUM_INT { 3912 // The handshake has not progressed far enough for the 0-RTT status to be 3913 // known. 3914 ssl_early_data_unknown = 0, 3915 // 0-RTT is disabled for this connection. 3916 ssl_early_data_disabled = 1, 3917 // 0-RTT was accepted. 3918 ssl_early_data_accepted = 2, 3919 // The negotiated protocol version does not support 0-RTT. 3920 ssl_early_data_protocol_version = 3, 3921 // The peer declined to offer or accept 0-RTT for an unknown reason. 3922 ssl_early_data_peer_declined = 4, 3923 // The client did not offer a session. 3924 ssl_early_data_no_session_offered = 5, 3925 // The server declined to resume the session. 3926 ssl_early_data_session_not_resumed = 6, 3927 // The session does not support 0-RTT. 3928 ssl_early_data_unsupported_for_session = 7, 3929 // The server sent a HelloRetryRequest. 3930 ssl_early_data_hello_retry_request = 8, 3931 // The negotiated ALPN protocol did not match the session. 3932 ssl_early_data_alpn_mismatch = 9, 3933 // The connection negotiated Channel ID, which is incompatible with 0-RTT. 3934 ssl_early_data_channel_id = 10, 3935 // Value 11 is reserved. (It has historically |ssl_early_data_token_binding|.) 3936 // The client and server ticket age were too far apart. 3937 ssl_early_data_ticket_age_skew = 12, 3938 // QUIC parameters differ between this connection and the original. 3939 ssl_early_data_quic_parameter_mismatch = 13, 3940 // The application settings did not match the session. 3941 ssl_early_data_alps_mismatch = 14, 3942 // The value of the largest entry. 3943 ssl_early_data_reason_max_value = ssl_early_data_alps_mismatch, 3944 }; 3945 3946 // SSL_get_early_data_reason returns details why 0-RTT was accepted or rejected 3947 // on |ssl|. This is primarily useful on the server. 3948 OPENSSL_EXPORT enum ssl_early_data_reason_t SSL_get_early_data_reason( 3949 const SSL *ssl); 3950 3951 // SSL_early_data_reason_string returns a string representation for |reason|, or 3952 // NULL if |reason| is unknown. This function may be used for logging. 3953 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_early_data_reason_string( 3954 enum ssl_early_data_reason_t reason); 3955 3956 3957 // Encrypted ClientHello. 3958 // 3959 // ECH is a mechanism for encrypting the entire ClientHello message in TLS 1.3. 3960 // This can prevent observers from seeing cleartext information about the 3961 // connection, such as the server_name extension. 3962 // 3963 // By default, BoringSSL will treat the server name, session ticket, and client 3964 // certificate as secret, but most other parameters, such as the ALPN protocol 3965 // list will be treated as public and sent in the cleartext ClientHello. Other 3966 // APIs may be added for applications with different secrecy requirements. 3967 // 3968 // ECH support in BoringSSL is still experimental and under development. 3969 // 3970 // See https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-tls-esni-13. 3971 3972 // SSL_set_enable_ech_grease configures whether the client will send a GREASE 3973 // ECH extension when no supported ECHConfig is available. 3974 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_enable_ech_grease(SSL *ssl, int enable); 3975 3976 // SSL_set1_ech_config_list configures |ssl| to, as a client, offer ECH with the 3977 // specified configuration. |ech_config_list| should contain a serialized 3978 // ECHConfigList structure. It returns one on success and zero on error. 3979 // 3980 // This function returns an error if the input is malformed. If the input is 3981 // valid but none of the ECHConfigs implement supported parameters, it will 3982 // return success and proceed without ECH. 3983 // 3984 // If a supported ECHConfig is found, |ssl| will encrypt the true ClientHello 3985 // parameters. If the server cannot decrypt it, e.g. due to a key mismatch, ECH 3986 // has a recovery flow. |ssl| will handshake using the cleartext parameters, 3987 // including a public name in the ECHConfig. If using 3988 // |SSL_CTX_set_custom_verify|, callers should use |SSL_get0_ech_name_override| 3989 // to verify the certificate with the public name. If using the built-in 3990 // verifier, the |X509_STORE_CTX| will be configured automatically. 3991 // 3992 // If no other errors are found in this handshake, it will fail with 3993 // |SSL_R_ECH_REJECTED|. Since it didn't use the true parameters, the connection 3994 // cannot be used for application data. Instead, callers should handle this 3995 // error by calling |SSL_get0_ech_retry_configs| and retrying the connection 3996 // with updated ECH parameters. If the retry also fails with 3997 // |SSL_R_ECH_REJECTED|, the caller should report a connection failure. 3998 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_ech_config_list(SSL *ssl, 3999 const uint8_t *ech_config_list, 4000 size_t ech_config_list_len); 4001 4002 // SSL_get0_ech_name_override, if |ssl| is a client and the server rejected ECH, 4003 // sets |*out_name| and |*out_name_len| to point to a buffer containing the ECH 4004 // public name. Otherwise, the buffer will be empty. 4005 // 4006 // When offering ECH as a client, this function should be called during the 4007 // certificate verification callback (see |SSL_CTX_set_custom_verify|). If 4008 // |*out_name_len| is non-zero, the caller should verify the certificate against 4009 // the result, interpreted as a DNS name, rather than the true server name. In 4010 // this case, the handshake will never succeed and is only used to authenticate 4011 // retry configs. See also |SSL_get0_ech_retry_configs|. 4012 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_get0_ech_name_override(const SSL *ssl, 4013 const char **out_name, 4014 size_t *out_name_len); 4015 4016 // SSL_get0_ech_retry_configs sets |*out_retry_configs| and 4017 // |*out_retry_configs_len| to a buffer containing a serialized ECHConfigList. 4018 // If the server did not provide an ECHConfigList, |*out_retry_configs_len| will 4019 // be zero. 4020 // 4021 // When handling an |SSL_R_ECH_REJECTED| error code as a client, callers should 4022 // use this function to recover from potential key mismatches. If the result is 4023 // non-empty, the caller should retry the connection, passing this buffer to 4024 // |SSL_set1_ech_config_list|. If the result is empty, the server has rolled 4025 // back ECH support, and the caller should retry without ECH. 4026 // 4027 // This function must only be called in response to an |SSL_R_ECH_REJECTED| 4028 // error code. Calling this function on |ssl|s that have not authenticated the 4029 // rejection handshake will assert in debug builds and otherwise return an 4030 // unparsable list. 4031 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_get0_ech_retry_configs( 4032 const SSL *ssl, const uint8_t **out_retry_configs, 4033 size_t *out_retry_configs_len); 4034 4035 // SSL_marshal_ech_config constructs a new serialized ECHConfig. On success, it 4036 // sets |*out| to a newly-allocated buffer containing the result and |*out_len| 4037 // to the size of the buffer. The caller must call |OPENSSL_free| on |*out| to 4038 // release the memory. On failure, it returns zero. 4039 // 4040 // The |config_id| field is a single byte identifier for the ECHConfig. Reusing 4041 // config IDs is allowed, but if multiple ECHConfigs with the same config ID are 4042 // active at a time, server load may increase. See 4043 // |SSL_ECH_KEYS_has_duplicate_config_id|. 4044 // 4045 // The public key and KEM algorithm are taken from |key|. |public_name| is the 4046 // DNS name used to authenticate the recovery flow. |max_name_len| should be the 4047 // length of the longest name in the ECHConfig's anonymity set and influences 4048 // client padding decisions. 4049 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_marshal_ech_config(uint8_t **out, size_t *out_len, 4050 uint8_t config_id, 4051 const EVP_HPKE_KEY *key, 4052 const char *public_name, 4053 size_t max_name_len); 4054 4055 // SSL_ECH_KEYS_new returns a newly-allocated |SSL_ECH_KEYS| or NULL on error. 4056 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_ECH_KEYS *SSL_ECH_KEYS_new(void); 4057 4058 // SSL_ECH_KEYS_up_ref increments the reference count of |keys|. 4059 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_ECH_KEYS_up_ref(SSL_ECH_KEYS *keys); 4060 4061 // SSL_ECH_KEYS_free releases memory associated with |keys|. 4062 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_ECH_KEYS_free(SSL_ECH_KEYS *keys); 4063 4064 // SSL_ECH_KEYS_add decodes |ech_config| as an ECHConfig and appends it with 4065 // |key| to |keys|. If |is_retry_config| is non-zero, this config will be 4066 // returned to the client on configuration mismatch. It returns one on success 4067 // and zero on error. 4068 // 4069 // This function should be called successively to register each ECHConfig in 4070 // decreasing order of preference. This configuration must be completed before 4071 // setting |keys| on an |SSL_CTX| with |SSL_CTX_set1_ech_keys|. After that 4072 // point, |keys| is immutable; no more ECHConfig values may be added. 4073 // 4074 // See also |SSL_CTX_set1_ech_keys|. 4075 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_ECH_KEYS_add(SSL_ECH_KEYS *keys, int is_retry_config, 4076 const uint8_t *ech_config, 4077 size_t ech_config_len, 4078 const EVP_HPKE_KEY *key); 4079 4080 // SSL_ECH_KEYS_has_duplicate_config_id returns one if |keys| has duplicate 4081 // config IDs or zero otherwise. Duplicate config IDs still work, but may 4082 // increase server load due to trial decryption. 4083 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_ECH_KEYS_has_duplicate_config_id( 4084 const SSL_ECH_KEYS *keys); 4085 4086 // SSL_ECH_KEYS_marshal_retry_configs serializes the retry configs in |keys| as 4087 // an ECHConfigList. On success, it sets |*out| to a newly-allocated buffer 4088 // containing the result and |*out_len| to the size of the buffer. The caller 4089 // must call |OPENSSL_free| on |*out| to release the memory. On failure, it 4090 // returns zero. 4091 // 4092 // This output may be advertised to clients in DNS. 4093 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_ECH_KEYS_marshal_retry_configs(const SSL_ECH_KEYS *keys, 4094 uint8_t **out, 4095 size_t *out_len); 4096 4097 // SSL_CTX_set1_ech_keys configures |ctx| to use |keys| to decrypt encrypted 4098 // ClientHellos. It returns one on success, and zero on failure. If |keys| does 4099 // not contain any retry configs, this function will fail. Retry configs are 4100 // marked as such when they are added to |keys| with |SSL_ECH_KEYS_add|. 4101 // 4102 // Once |keys| has been passed to this function, it is immutable. Unlike most 4103 // |SSL_CTX| configuration functions, this function may be called even if |ctx| 4104 // already has associated connections on multiple threads. This may be used to 4105 // rotate keys in a long-lived server process. 4106 // 4107 // The configured ECHConfig values should also be advertised out-of-band via DNS 4108 // (see draft-ietf-dnsop-svcb-https). Before advertising an ECHConfig in DNS, 4109 // deployments should ensure all instances of the service are configured with 4110 // the ECHConfig and corresponding private key. 4111 // 4112 // Only the most recent fully-deployed ECHConfigs should be advertised in DNS. 4113 // |keys| may contain a newer set if those ECHConfigs are mid-deployment. It 4114 // should also contain older sets, until the DNS change has rolled out and the 4115 // old records have expired from caches. 4116 // 4117 // If there is a mismatch, |SSL| objects associated with |ctx| will complete the 4118 // handshake using the cleartext ClientHello and send updated ECHConfig values 4119 // to the client. The client will then retry to recover, but with a latency 4120 // penalty. This recovery flow depends on the public name in the ECHConfig. 4121 // Before advertising an ECHConfig in DNS, deployments must ensure all instances 4122 // of the service can present a valid certificate for the public name. 4123 // 4124 // BoringSSL negotiates ECH before certificate selection callbacks are called, 4125 // including |SSL_CTX_set_select_certificate_cb|. If ECH is negotiated, the 4126 // reported |SSL_CLIENT_HELLO| structure and |SSL_get_servername| function will 4127 // transparently reflect the inner ClientHello. Callers should select parameters 4128 // based on these values to correctly handle ECH as well as the recovery flow. 4129 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_ech_keys(SSL_CTX *ctx, SSL_ECH_KEYS *keys); 4130 4131 // SSL_ech_accepted returns one if |ssl| negotiated ECH and zero otherwise. 4132 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_ech_accepted(const SSL *ssl); 4133 4134 4135 // Alerts. 4136 // 4137 // TLS uses alerts to signal error conditions. Alerts have a type (warning or 4138 // fatal) and description. OpenSSL internally handles fatal alerts with 4139 // dedicated error codes (see |SSL_AD_REASON_OFFSET|). Except for close_notify, 4140 // warning alerts are silently ignored and may only be surfaced with 4141 // |SSL_CTX_set_info_callback|. 4142 4143 // SSL_AD_REASON_OFFSET is the offset between error reasons and |SSL_AD_*| 4144 // values. Any error code under |ERR_LIB_SSL| with an error reason above this 4145 // value corresponds to an alert description. Consumers may add or subtract 4146 // |SSL_AD_REASON_OFFSET| to convert between them. 4147 // 4148 // make_errors.go reserves error codes above 1000 for manually-assigned errors. 4149 // This value must be kept in sync with reservedReasonCode in make_errors.h 4150 #define SSL_AD_REASON_OFFSET 1000 4151 4152 // SSL_AD_* are alert descriptions. 4153 #define SSL_AD_CLOSE_NOTIFY SSL3_AD_CLOSE_NOTIFY 4154 #define SSL_AD_UNEXPECTED_MESSAGE SSL3_AD_UNEXPECTED_MESSAGE 4155 #define SSL_AD_BAD_RECORD_MAC SSL3_AD_BAD_RECORD_MAC 4156 #define SSL_AD_DECRYPTION_FAILED TLS1_AD_DECRYPTION_FAILED 4157 #define SSL_AD_RECORD_OVERFLOW TLS1_AD_RECORD_OVERFLOW 4158 #define SSL_AD_DECOMPRESSION_FAILURE SSL3_AD_DECOMPRESSION_FAILURE 4159 #define SSL_AD_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE SSL3_AD_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE 4160 #define SSL_AD_NO_CERTIFICATE SSL3_AD_NO_CERTIFICATE // Legacy SSL 3.0 value 4161 #define SSL_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE SSL3_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE 4162 #define SSL_AD_UNSUPPORTED_CERTIFICATE SSL3_AD_UNSUPPORTED_CERTIFICATE 4163 #define SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_REVOKED SSL3_AD_CERTIFICATE_REVOKED 4164 #define SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_EXPIRED SSL3_AD_CERTIFICATE_EXPIRED 4165 #define SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_UNKNOWN SSL3_AD_CERTIFICATE_UNKNOWN 4166 #define SSL_AD_ILLEGAL_PARAMETER SSL3_AD_ILLEGAL_PARAMETER 4167 #define SSL_AD_UNKNOWN_CA TLS1_AD_UNKNOWN_CA 4168 #define SSL_AD_ACCESS_DENIED TLS1_AD_ACCESS_DENIED 4169 #define SSL_AD_DECODE_ERROR TLS1_AD_DECODE_ERROR 4170 #define SSL_AD_DECRYPT_ERROR TLS1_AD_DECRYPT_ERROR 4171 #define SSL_AD_EXPORT_RESTRICTION TLS1_AD_EXPORT_RESTRICTION 4172 #define SSL_AD_PROTOCOL_VERSION TLS1_AD_PROTOCOL_VERSION 4173 #define SSL_AD_INSUFFICIENT_SECURITY TLS1_AD_INSUFFICIENT_SECURITY 4174 #define SSL_AD_INTERNAL_ERROR TLS1_AD_INTERNAL_ERROR 4175 #define SSL_AD_INAPPROPRIATE_FALLBACK SSL3_AD_INAPPROPRIATE_FALLBACK 4176 #define SSL_AD_USER_CANCELLED TLS1_AD_USER_CANCELLED 4177 #define SSL_AD_NO_RENEGOTIATION TLS1_AD_NO_RENEGOTIATION 4178 #define SSL_AD_MISSING_EXTENSION TLS1_AD_MISSING_EXTENSION 4179 #define SSL_AD_UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSION TLS1_AD_UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSION 4180 #define SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_UNOBTAINABLE TLS1_AD_CERTIFICATE_UNOBTAINABLE 4181 #define SSL_AD_UNRECOGNIZED_NAME TLS1_AD_UNRECOGNIZED_NAME 4182 #define SSL_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE_STATUS_RESPONSE \ 4183 TLS1_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE_STATUS_RESPONSE 4184 #define SSL_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE_HASH_VALUE TLS1_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE_HASH_VALUE 4185 #define SSL_AD_UNKNOWN_PSK_IDENTITY TLS1_AD_UNKNOWN_PSK_IDENTITY 4186 #define SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED TLS1_AD_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED 4187 #define SSL_AD_NO_APPLICATION_PROTOCOL TLS1_AD_NO_APPLICATION_PROTOCOL 4188 #define SSL_AD_ECH_REQUIRED TLS1_AD_ECH_REQUIRED 4189 4190 // SSL_alert_type_string_long returns a string description of |value| as an 4191 // alert type (warning or fatal). 4192 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_alert_type_string_long(int value); 4193 4194 // SSL_alert_desc_string_long returns a string description of |value| as an 4195 // alert description or "unknown" if unknown. 4196 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_alert_desc_string_long(int value); 4197 4198 // SSL_send_fatal_alert sends a fatal alert over |ssl| of the specified type, 4199 // which should be one of the |SSL_AD_*| constants. It returns one on success 4200 // and <= 0 on error. The caller should pass the return value into 4201 // |SSL_get_error| to determine how to proceed. Once this function has been 4202 // called, future calls to |SSL_write| will fail. 4203 // 4204 // If retrying a failed operation due to |SSL_ERROR_WANT_WRITE|, subsequent 4205 // calls must use the same |alert| parameter. 4206 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_send_fatal_alert(SSL *ssl, uint8_t alert); 4207 4208 4209 // ex_data functions. 4210 // 4211 // See |ex_data.h| for details. 4212 4213 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_ex_data(SSL *ssl, int idx, void *data); 4214 OPENSSL_EXPORT void *SSL_get_ex_data(const SSL *ssl, int idx); 4215 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_ex_new_index(long argl, void *argp, 4216 CRYPTO_EX_unused *unused, 4217 CRYPTO_EX_dup *dup_unused, 4218 CRYPTO_EX_free *free_func); 4219 4220 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_set_ex_data(SSL_SESSION *session, int idx, 4221 void *data); 4222 OPENSSL_EXPORT void *SSL_SESSION_get_ex_data(const SSL_SESSION *session, 4223 int idx); 4224 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_get_ex_new_index(long argl, void *argp, 4225 CRYPTO_EX_unused *unused, 4226 CRYPTO_EX_dup *dup_unused, 4227 CRYPTO_EX_free *free_func); 4228 4229 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_ex_data(SSL_CTX *ctx, int idx, void *data); 4230 OPENSSL_EXPORT void *SSL_CTX_get_ex_data(const SSL_CTX *ctx, int idx); 4231 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_ex_new_index(long argl, void *argp, 4232 CRYPTO_EX_unused *unused, 4233 CRYPTO_EX_dup *dup_unused, 4234 CRYPTO_EX_free *free_func); 4235 4236 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CREDENTIAL_set_ex_data(SSL_CREDENTIAL *cred, int idx, 4237 void *data); 4238 OPENSSL_EXPORT void *SSL_CREDENTIAL_get_ex_data(const SSL_CREDENTIAL *cred, 4239 int idx); 4240 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CREDENTIAL_get_ex_new_index(long argl, void *argp, 4241 CRYPTO_EX_unused *unused, 4242 CRYPTO_EX_dup *dup_unused, 4243 CRYPTO_EX_free *free_func); 4244 4245 4246 // Low-level record-layer state. 4247 4248 // SSL_get_ivs sets |*out_iv_len| to the length of the IVs for the ciphers 4249 // underlying |ssl| and sets |*out_read_iv| and |*out_write_iv| to point to the 4250 // current IVs for the read and write directions. This is only meaningful for 4251 // connections with implicit IVs (i.e. CBC mode with TLS 1.0). 4252 // 4253 // It returns one on success or zero on error. 4254 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_ivs(const SSL *ssl, const uint8_t **out_read_iv, 4255 const uint8_t **out_write_iv, 4256 size_t *out_iv_len); 4257 4258 // SSL_get_key_block_len returns the length of |ssl|'s key block, for TLS 1.2 4259 // and below. It is an error to call this function during a handshake, or if 4260 // |ssl| negotiated TLS 1.3. 4261 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_key_block_len(const SSL *ssl); 4262 4263 // SSL_generate_key_block generates |out_len| bytes of key material for |ssl|'s 4264 // current connection state, for TLS 1.2 and below. It is an error to call this 4265 // function during a handshake, or if |ssl| negotiated TLS 1.3. 4266 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_generate_key_block(const SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, 4267 size_t out_len); 4268 4269 // SSL_get_read_sequence returns, in TLS, the expected sequence number of the 4270 // next incoming record in the current epoch. In DTLS, it returns the maximum 4271 // sequence number received in the current epoch and includes the epoch number 4272 // in the two most significant bytes. 4273 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint64_t SSL_get_read_sequence(const SSL *ssl); 4274 4275 // SSL_get_write_sequence returns the sequence number of the next outgoing 4276 // record in the current epoch. In DTLS, it includes the epoch number in the 4277 // two most significant bytes. 4278 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint64_t SSL_get_write_sequence(const SSL *ssl); 4279 4280 // SSL_CTX_set_record_protocol_version returns whether |version| is zero. 4281 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_record_protocol_version(SSL_CTX *ctx, 4282 int version); 4283 4284 4285 // Handshake hints. 4286 // 4287 // WARNING: Contact the BoringSSL team before using this API. While this 4288 // mechanism was designed to gracefully recover from version skew and 4289 // configuration mismatch, splitting a single TLS server into multiple services 4290 // is complex. 4291 // 4292 // Some server deployments make asynchronous RPC calls in both ClientHello 4293 // dispatch and private key operations. In TLS handshakes where the private key 4294 // operation occurs in the first round-trip, this results in two consecutive RPC 4295 // round-trips. Handshake hints allow the RPC service to predict a signature. 4296 // If correctly predicted, this can skip the second RPC call. 4297 // 4298 // First, the server installs a certificate selection callback (see 4299 // |SSL_CTX_set_select_certificate_cb|). When that is called, it performs the 4300 // RPC as before, but includes the ClientHello and a capabilities string from 4301 // |SSL_serialize_capabilities|. 4302 // 4303 // Next, the RPC service creates its own |SSL| object, applies the results of 4304 // certificate selection, calls |SSL_request_handshake_hints|, and runs the 4305 // handshake. If this successfully computes handshake hints (see 4306 // |SSL_serialize_handshake_hints|), the RPC server should send the hints 4307 // alongside any certificate selection results. 4308 // 4309 // Finally, the server calls |SSL_set_handshake_hints| and applies any 4310 // configuration from the RPC server. It then completes the handshake as before. 4311 // If the hints apply, BoringSSL will use the predicted signature and skip the 4312 // private key callbacks. Otherwise, BoringSSL will call private key callbacks 4313 // to generate a signature as before. 4314 // 4315 // Callers should synchronize configuration across the two services. 4316 // Configuration mismatches and some cases of version skew are not fatal, but 4317 // may result in the hints not applying. Additionally, some handshake flows use 4318 // the private key in later round-trips, such as TLS 1.3 HelloRetryRequest. In 4319 // those cases, BoringSSL will not predict a signature as there is no benefit. 4320 // Callers must allow for handshakes to complete without a predicted signature. 4321 4322 // SSL_serialize_capabilities writes an opaque byte string to |out| describing 4323 // some of |ssl|'s capabilities. It returns one on success and zero on error. 4324 // 4325 // This string is used by BoringSSL internally to reduce the impact of version 4326 // skew. 4327 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_serialize_capabilities(const SSL *ssl, CBB *out); 4328 4329 // SSL_request_handshake_hints configures |ssl| to generate a handshake hint for 4330 // |client_hello|. It returns one on success and zero on error. |client_hello| 4331 // should contain a serialized ClientHello structure, from the |client_hello| 4332 // and |client_hello_len| fields of the |SSL_CLIENT_HELLO| structure. 4333 // |capabilities| should contain the output of |SSL_serialize_capabilities|. 4334 // 4335 // When configured, |ssl| will perform no I/O (so there is no need to configure 4336 // |BIO|s). For QUIC, the caller should still configure an |SSL_QUIC_METHOD|, 4337 // but the callbacks themselves will never be called and may be left NULL or 4338 // report failure. |SSL_provide_quic_data| also should not be called. 4339 // 4340 // If hint generation is successful, |SSL_do_handshake| will stop the handshake 4341 // early with |SSL_get_error| returning |SSL_ERROR_HANDSHAKE_HINTS_READY|. At 4342 // this point, the caller should run |SSL_serialize_handshake_hints| to extract 4343 // the resulting hints. 4344 // 4345 // Hint generation may fail if, e.g., |ssl| was unable to process the 4346 // ClientHello. Callers should then complete the certificate selection RPC and 4347 // continue the original handshake with no hint. It will likely fail, but this 4348 // reports the correct alert to the client and is more robust in case of 4349 // mismatch. 4350 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_request_handshake_hints(SSL *ssl, 4351 const uint8_t *client_hello, 4352 size_t client_hello_len, 4353 const uint8_t *capabilities, 4354 size_t capabilities_len); 4355 4356 // SSL_serialize_handshake_hints writes an opaque byte string to |out| 4357 // containing the handshake hints computed by |out|. It returns one on success 4358 // and zero on error. This function should only be called if 4359 // |SSL_request_handshake_hints| was configured and the handshake terminated 4360 // with |SSL_ERROR_HANDSHAKE_HINTS_READY|. 4361 // 4362 // This string may be passed to |SSL_set_handshake_hints| on another |SSL| to 4363 // avoid an extra signature call. 4364 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_serialize_handshake_hints(const SSL *ssl, CBB *out); 4365 4366 // SSL_set_handshake_hints configures |ssl| to use |hints| as handshake hints. 4367 // It returns one on success and zero on error. The handshake will then continue 4368 // as before, but apply predicted values from |hints| where applicable. 4369 // 4370 // Hints may contain connection and session secrets, so they must not leak and 4371 // must come from a source trusted to terminate the connection. However, they 4372 // will not change |ssl|'s configuration. The caller is responsible for 4373 // serializing and applying options from the RPC server as needed. This ensures 4374 // |ssl|'s behavior is self-consistent and consistent with the caller's local 4375 // decisions. 4376 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_handshake_hints(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *hints, 4377 size_t hints_len); 4378 4379 4380 // Obscure functions. 4381 4382 // SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback installs |cb| as the message callback for |ctx|. 4383 // This callback will be called when sending or receiving low-level record 4384 // headers, complete handshake messages, ChangeCipherSpec, and alerts. 4385 // |write_p| is one for outgoing messages and zero for incoming messages. 4386 // 4387 // For each record header, |cb| is called with |version| = 0 and |content_type| 4388 // = |SSL3_RT_HEADER|. The |len| bytes from |buf| contain the header. Note that 4389 // this does not include the record body. If the record is sealed, the length 4390 // in the header is the length of the ciphertext. 4391 // 4392 // For each handshake message, ChangeCipherSpec, and alert, |version| is the 4393 // protocol version and |content_type| is the corresponding record type. The 4394 // |len| bytes from |buf| contain the handshake message, one-byte 4395 // ChangeCipherSpec body, and two-byte alert, respectively. 4396 // 4397 // In connections that enable ECH, |cb| is additionally called with 4398 // |content_type| = |SSL3_RT_CLIENT_HELLO_INNER| for each ClientHelloInner that 4399 // is encrypted or decrypted. The |len| bytes from |buf| contain the 4400 // ClientHelloInner, including the reconstructed outer extensions and handshake 4401 // header. 4402 // 4403 // For a V2ClientHello, |version| is |SSL2_VERSION|, |content_type| is zero, and 4404 // the |len| bytes from |buf| contain the V2ClientHello structure. 4405 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback( 4406 SSL_CTX *ctx, void (*cb)(int is_write, int version, int content_type, 4407 const void *buf, size_t len, SSL *ssl, void *arg)); 4408 4409 // SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback_arg sets the |arg| parameter of the message 4410 // callback. 4411 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback_arg(SSL_CTX *ctx, void *arg); 4412 4413 // SSL_set_msg_callback installs |cb| as the message callback of |ssl|. See 4414 // |SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback| for when this callback is called. 4415 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_msg_callback( 4416 SSL *ssl, void (*cb)(int write_p, int version, int content_type, 4417 const void *buf, size_t len, SSL *ssl, void *arg)); 4418 4419 // SSL_set_msg_callback_arg sets the |arg| parameter of the message callback. 4420 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_msg_callback_arg(SSL *ssl, void *arg); 4421 4422 // SSL_CTX_set_keylog_callback configures a callback to log key material. This 4423 // is intended for debugging use with tools like Wireshark. The |cb| function 4424 // should log |line| followed by a newline, synchronizing with any concurrent 4425 // access to the log. 4426 // 4427 // The format is described in 4428 // https://www.ietf.org/archive/id/draft-ietf-tls-keylogfile-01.html 4429 // 4430 // WARNING: The data in |line| allows an attacker to break security properties 4431 // of the TLS protocol, including confidentiality, integrity, and forward 4432 // secrecy. This impacts both the current connection, and, in TLS 1.2, future 4433 // connections that resume a session from it. Both direct access to the data and 4434 // side channel leaks from application code are possible attack vectors. This 4435 // callback is intended for debugging and should not be used in production 4436 // connections. 4437 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_keylog_callback(SSL_CTX *ctx, 4438 void (*cb)(const SSL *ssl, 4439 const char *line)); 4440 4441 // SSL_CTX_get_keylog_callback returns the callback configured by 4442 // |SSL_CTX_set_keylog_callback|. 4443 OPENSSL_EXPORT void (*SSL_CTX_get_keylog_callback(const SSL_CTX *ctx))( 4444 const SSL *ssl, const char *line); 4445 4446 // SSL_CTX_set_current_time_cb configures a callback to retrieve the current 4447 // time, which should be set in |*out_clock|. This can be used for testing 4448 // purposes; for example, a callback can be configured that returns a time 4449 // set explicitly by the test. The |ssl| pointer passed to |cb| is always null. 4450 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_current_time_cb( 4451 SSL_CTX *ctx, void (*cb)(const SSL *ssl, struct timeval *out_clock)); 4452 4453 // SSL_set_shed_handshake_config allows some of the configuration of |ssl| to be 4454 // freed after its handshake completes. Once configuration has been shed, APIs 4455 // that query it may fail. "Configuration" in this context means anything that 4456 // was set by the caller, as distinct from information derived from the 4457 // handshake. For example, |SSL_get_ciphers| queries how the |SSL| was 4458 // configured by the caller, and fails after configuration has been shed, 4459 // whereas |SSL_get_cipher| queries the result of the handshake, and is 4460 // unaffected by configuration shedding. 4461 // 4462 // If configuration shedding is enabled, it is an error to call |SSL_clear|. 4463 // 4464 // Note that configuration shedding as a client additionally depends on 4465 // renegotiation being disabled (see |SSL_set_renegotiate_mode|). If 4466 // renegotiation is possible, the configuration will be retained. If 4467 // configuration shedding is enabled and renegotiation later disabled after the 4468 // handshake, |SSL_set_renegotiate_mode| will shed configuration then. This may 4469 // be useful for clients which support renegotiation with some ALPN protocols, 4470 // such as HTTP/1.1, and not others, such as HTTP/2. 4471 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_shed_handshake_config(SSL *ssl, int enable); 4472 4473 enum ssl_renegotiate_mode_t BORINGSSL_ENUM_INT { 4474 ssl_renegotiate_never = 0, 4475 ssl_renegotiate_once, 4476 ssl_renegotiate_freely, 4477 ssl_renegotiate_ignore, 4478 ssl_renegotiate_explicit, 4479 }; 4480 4481 // SSL_set_renegotiate_mode configures how |ssl|, a client, reacts to 4482 // renegotiation attempts by a server. If |ssl| is a server, peer-initiated 4483 // renegotiations are *always* rejected and this function does nothing. 4484 // 4485 // WARNING: Renegotiation is error-prone, complicates TLS's security properties, 4486 // and increases its attack surface. When enabled, many common assumptions about 4487 // BoringSSL's behavior no longer hold, and the calling application must handle 4488 // more cases. Renegotiation is also incompatible with many application 4489 // protocols, e.g. section 9.2.1 of RFC 7540. Many functions behave in ambiguous 4490 // or undefined ways during a renegotiation. 4491 // 4492 // The renegotiation mode defaults to |ssl_renegotiate_never|, but may be set 4493 // at any point in a connection's lifetime. Set it to |ssl_renegotiate_once| to 4494 // allow one renegotiation, |ssl_renegotiate_freely| to allow all 4495 // renegotiations or |ssl_renegotiate_ignore| to ignore HelloRequest messages. 4496 // Note that ignoring HelloRequest messages may cause the connection to stall 4497 // if the server waits for the renegotiation to complete. 4498 // 4499 // If set to |ssl_renegotiate_explicit|, |SSL_read| and |SSL_peek| calls which 4500 // encounter a HelloRequest will pause with |SSL_ERROR_WANT_RENEGOTIATE|. 4501 // |SSL_write| will continue to work while paused. The caller may call 4502 // |SSL_renegotiate| to begin the renegotiation at a later point. This mode may 4503 // be used if callers wish to eagerly call |SSL_peek| without triggering a 4504 // renegotiation. 4505 // 4506 // If configuration shedding is enabled (see |SSL_set_shed_handshake_config|), 4507 // configuration is released if, at any point after the handshake, renegotiation 4508 // is disabled. It is not possible to switch from disabling renegotiation to 4509 // enabling it on a given connection. Callers that condition renegotiation on, 4510 // e.g., ALPN must enable renegotiation before the handshake and conditionally 4511 // disable it afterwards. 4512 // 4513 // When enabled, renegotiation can cause properties of |ssl|, such as the cipher 4514 // suite, to change during the lifetime of the connection. More over, during a 4515 // renegotiation, not all properties of the new handshake are available or fully 4516 // established. In BoringSSL, most functions, such as |SSL_get_current_cipher|, 4517 // report information from the most recently completed handshake, not the 4518 // pending one. However, renegotiation may rerun handshake callbacks, such as 4519 // |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb|. Such callbacks must ensure they are acting on the 4520 // desired versions of each property. 4521 // 4522 // BoringSSL does not reverify peer certificates on renegotiation and instead 4523 // requires they match between handshakes, so certificate verification callbacks 4524 // (see |SSL_CTX_set_custom_verify|) may assume |ssl| is in the initial 4525 // handshake and use |SSL_get0_peer_certificates|, etc. 4526 // 4527 // There is no support in BoringSSL for initiating renegotiations as a client 4528 // or server. 4529 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_renegotiate_mode(SSL *ssl, 4530 enum ssl_renegotiate_mode_t mode); 4531 4532 // SSL_renegotiate starts a deferred renegotiation on |ssl| if it was configured 4533 // with |ssl_renegotiate_explicit| and has a pending HelloRequest. It returns 4534 // one on success and zero on error. 4535 // 4536 // This function does not do perform any I/O. On success, a subsequent 4537 // |SSL_do_handshake| call will run the handshake. |SSL_write| and 4538 // |SSL_read| will also complete the handshake before sending or receiving 4539 // application data. 4540 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_renegotiate(SSL *ssl); 4541 4542 // SSL_renegotiate_pending returns one if |ssl| is in the middle of a 4543 // renegotiation. 4544 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_renegotiate_pending(SSL *ssl); 4545 4546 // SSL_total_renegotiations returns the total number of renegotiation handshakes 4547 // performed by |ssl|. This includes the pending renegotiation, if any. 4548 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_total_renegotiations(const SSL *ssl); 4549 4550 // SSL_MAX_CERT_LIST_DEFAULT is the default maximum length, in bytes, of a peer 4551 // certificate chain. 4552 #define SSL_MAX_CERT_LIST_DEFAULT (1024 * 100) 4553 4554 // SSL_CTX_get_max_cert_list returns the maximum length, in bytes, of a peer 4555 // certificate chain accepted by |ctx|. 4556 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_CTX_get_max_cert_list(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 4557 4558 // SSL_CTX_set_max_cert_list sets the maximum length, in bytes, of a peer 4559 // certificate chain to |max_cert_list|. This affects how much memory may be 4560 // consumed during the handshake. 4561 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_max_cert_list(SSL_CTX *ctx, 4562 size_t max_cert_list); 4563 4564 // SSL_get_max_cert_list returns the maximum length, in bytes, of a peer 4565 // certificate chain accepted by |ssl|. 4566 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_max_cert_list(const SSL *ssl); 4567 4568 // SSL_set_max_cert_list sets the maximum length, in bytes, of a peer 4569 // certificate chain to |max_cert_list|. This affects how much memory may be 4570 // consumed during the handshake. 4571 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_max_cert_list(SSL *ssl, size_t max_cert_list); 4572 4573 // SSL_CTX_set_max_send_fragment sets the maximum length, in bytes, of records 4574 // sent by |ctx|. Beyond this length, handshake messages and application data 4575 // will be split into multiple records. It returns one on success or zero on 4576 // error. 4577 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_max_send_fragment(SSL_CTX *ctx, 4578 size_t max_send_fragment); 4579 4580 // SSL_set_max_send_fragment sets the maximum length, in bytes, of records sent 4581 // by |ssl|. Beyond this length, handshake messages and application data will 4582 // be split into multiple records. It returns one on success or zero on 4583 // error. 4584 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_max_send_fragment(SSL *ssl, 4585 size_t max_send_fragment); 4586 4587 // ssl_early_callback_ctx (aka |SSL_CLIENT_HELLO|) is passed to certain 4588 // callbacks that are called very early on during the server handshake. At this 4589 // point, much of the SSL* hasn't been filled out and only the ClientHello can 4590 // be depended on. 4591 struct ssl_early_callback_ctx { 4592 SSL *ssl; 4593 const uint8_t *client_hello; 4594 size_t client_hello_len; 4595 uint16_t version; 4596 const uint8_t *random; 4597 size_t random_len; 4598 const uint8_t *session_id; 4599 size_t session_id_len; 4600 const uint8_t *cipher_suites; 4601 size_t cipher_suites_len; 4602 const uint8_t *compression_methods; 4603 size_t compression_methods_len; 4604 const uint8_t *extensions; 4605 size_t extensions_len; 4606 } /* SSL_CLIENT_HELLO */; 4607 4608 // ssl_select_cert_result_t enumerates the possible results from selecting a 4609 // certificate with |select_certificate_cb|. 4610 enum ssl_select_cert_result_t BORINGSSL_ENUM_INT { 4611 // ssl_select_cert_success indicates that the certificate selection was 4612 // successful. 4613 ssl_select_cert_success = 1, 4614 // ssl_select_cert_retry indicates that the operation could not be 4615 // immediately completed and must be reattempted at a later point. 4616 ssl_select_cert_retry = 0, 4617 // ssl_select_cert_error indicates that a fatal error occured and the 4618 // handshake should be terminated. 4619 ssl_select_cert_error = -1, 4620 // ssl_select_cert_disable_ech indicates that, although an encrypted 4621 // ClientHelloInner was decrypted, it should be discarded. The certificate 4622 // selection callback will then be called again, passing in the 4623 // ClientHelloOuter instead. From there, the handshake will proceed 4624 // without retry_configs, to signal to the client to disable ECH. 4625 // 4626 // This value may only be returned when |SSL_ech_accepted| returnes one. It 4627 // may be useful if the ClientHelloInner indicated a service which does not 4628 // support ECH, e.g. if it is a TLS-1.2 only service. 4629 ssl_select_cert_disable_ech = -2, 4630 }; 4631 4632 // SSL_early_callback_ctx_extension_get searches the extensions in 4633 // |client_hello| for an extension of the given type. If not found, it returns 4634 // zero. Otherwise it sets |out_data| to point to the extension contents (not 4635 // including the type and length bytes), sets |out_len| to the length of the 4636 // extension contents and returns one. 4637 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_early_callback_ctx_extension_get( 4638 const SSL_CLIENT_HELLO *client_hello, uint16_t extension_type, 4639 const uint8_t **out_data, size_t *out_len); 4640 4641 // SSL_CTX_set_select_certificate_cb sets a callback that is called before most 4642 // ClientHello processing and before the decision whether to resume a session 4643 // is made. The callback may inspect the ClientHello and configure the 4644 // connection. See |ssl_select_cert_result_t| for details of the return values. 4645 // 4646 // In the case that a retry is indicated, |SSL_get_error| will return 4647 // |SSL_ERROR_PENDING_CERTIFICATE| and the caller should arrange for the 4648 // high-level operation on |ssl| to be retried at a later time, which will 4649 // result in another call to |cb|. 4650 // 4651 // |SSL_get_servername| may be used during this callback. 4652 // 4653 // Note: The |SSL_CLIENT_HELLO| is only valid for the duration of the callback 4654 // and is not valid while the handshake is paused. 4655 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_select_certificate_cb( 4656 SSL_CTX *ctx, 4657 enum ssl_select_cert_result_t (*cb)(const SSL_CLIENT_HELLO *)); 4658 4659 // SSL_CTX_set_dos_protection_cb sets a callback that is called once the 4660 // resumption decision for a ClientHello has been made. It can return one to 4661 // allow the handshake to continue or zero to cause the handshake to abort. 4662 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_dos_protection_cb( 4663 SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*cb)(const SSL_CLIENT_HELLO *)); 4664 4665 // SSL_CTX_set_reverify_on_resume configures whether the certificate 4666 // verification callback will be used to reverify stored certificates 4667 // when resuming a session. This only works with |SSL_CTX_set_custom_verify|. 4668 // For now, this is incompatible with |SSL_VERIFY_NONE| mode, and is only 4669 // respected on clients. 4670 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_reverify_on_resume(SSL_CTX *ctx, int enabled); 4671 4672 // SSL_set_enforce_rsa_key_usage configures whether, when |ssl| is a client 4673 // negotiating TLS 1.2 or below, the keyUsage extension of RSA leaf server 4674 // certificates will be checked for consistency with the TLS usage. In all other 4675 // cases, this check is always enabled. 4676 // 4677 // This parameter may be set late; it will not be read until after the 4678 // certificate verification callback. 4679 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_enforce_rsa_key_usage(SSL *ssl, int enabled); 4680 4681 // SSL_was_key_usage_invalid returns one if |ssl|'s handshake succeeded despite 4682 // using TLS parameters which were incompatible with the leaf certificate's 4683 // keyUsage extension. Otherwise, it returns zero. 4684 // 4685 // If |SSL_set_enforce_rsa_key_usage| is enabled or not applicable, this 4686 // function will always return zero because key usages will be consistently 4687 // checked. 4688 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_was_key_usage_invalid(const SSL *ssl); 4689 4690 // SSL_ST_* are possible values for |SSL_state|, the bitmasks that make them up, 4691 // and some historical values for compatibility. Only |SSL_ST_INIT| and 4692 // |SSL_ST_OK| are ever returned. 4693 #define SSL_ST_CONNECT 0x1000 4694 #define SSL_ST_ACCEPT 0x2000 4695 #define SSL_ST_MASK 0x0FFF 4696 #define SSL_ST_INIT (SSL_ST_CONNECT | SSL_ST_ACCEPT) 4697 #define SSL_ST_OK 0x03 4698 #define SSL_ST_RENEGOTIATE (0x04 | SSL_ST_INIT) 4699 #define SSL_ST_BEFORE (0x05 | SSL_ST_INIT) 4700 4701 // TLS_ST_* are aliases for |SSL_ST_*| for OpenSSL 1.1.0 compatibility. 4702 #define TLS_ST_OK SSL_ST_OK 4703 #define TLS_ST_BEFORE SSL_ST_BEFORE 4704 4705 // SSL_CB_* are possible values for the |type| parameter in the info 4706 // callback and the bitmasks that make them up. 4707 #define SSL_CB_LOOP 0x01 4708 #define SSL_CB_EXIT 0x02 4709 #define SSL_CB_READ 0x04 4710 #define SSL_CB_WRITE 0x08 4711 #define SSL_CB_ALERT 0x4000 4712 #define SSL_CB_READ_ALERT (SSL_CB_ALERT | SSL_CB_READ) 4713 #define SSL_CB_WRITE_ALERT (SSL_CB_ALERT | SSL_CB_WRITE) 4714 #define SSL_CB_ACCEPT_LOOP (SSL_ST_ACCEPT | SSL_CB_LOOP) 4715 #define SSL_CB_ACCEPT_EXIT (SSL_ST_ACCEPT | SSL_CB_EXIT) 4716 #define SSL_CB_CONNECT_LOOP (SSL_ST_CONNECT | SSL_CB_LOOP) 4717 #define SSL_CB_CONNECT_EXIT (SSL_ST_CONNECT | SSL_CB_EXIT) 4718 #define SSL_CB_HANDSHAKE_START 0x10 4719 #define SSL_CB_HANDSHAKE_DONE 0x20 4720 4721 // SSL_CTX_set_info_callback configures a callback to be run when various 4722 // events occur during a connection's lifetime. The |type| argument determines 4723 // the type of event and the meaning of the |value| argument. Callbacks must 4724 // ignore unexpected |type| values. 4725 // 4726 // |SSL_CB_READ_ALERT| is signaled for each alert received, warning or fatal. 4727 // The |value| argument is a 16-bit value where the alert level (either 4728 // |SSL3_AL_WARNING| or |SSL3_AL_FATAL|) is in the most-significant eight bits 4729 // and the alert type (one of |SSL_AD_*|) is in the least-significant eight. 4730 // 4731 // |SSL_CB_WRITE_ALERT| is signaled for each alert sent. The |value| argument 4732 // is constructed as with |SSL_CB_READ_ALERT|. 4733 // 4734 // |SSL_CB_HANDSHAKE_START| is signaled when a handshake begins. The |value| 4735 // argument is always one. 4736 // 4737 // |SSL_CB_HANDSHAKE_DONE| is signaled when a handshake completes successfully. 4738 // The |value| argument is always one. If a handshake False Starts, this event 4739 // may be used to determine when the Finished message is received. 4740 // 4741 // The following event types expose implementation details of the handshake 4742 // state machine. Consuming them is deprecated. 4743 // 4744 // |SSL_CB_ACCEPT_LOOP| (respectively, |SSL_CB_CONNECT_LOOP|) is signaled when 4745 // a server (respectively, client) handshake progresses. The |value| argument 4746 // is always one. 4747 // 4748 // |SSL_CB_ACCEPT_EXIT| (respectively, |SSL_CB_CONNECT_EXIT|) is signaled when 4749 // a server (respectively, client) handshake completes, fails, or is paused. 4750 // The |value| argument is one if the handshake succeeded and <= 0 4751 // otherwise. 4752 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_info_callback( 4753 SSL_CTX *ctx, void (*cb)(const SSL *ssl, int type, int value)); 4754 4755 // SSL_CTX_get_info_callback returns the callback set by 4756 // |SSL_CTX_set_info_callback|. 4757 OPENSSL_EXPORT void (*SSL_CTX_get_info_callback(SSL_CTX *ctx))(const SSL *ssl, 4758 int type, 4759 int value); 4760 4761 // SSL_set_info_callback configures a callback to be run at various events 4762 // during a connection's lifetime. See |SSL_CTX_set_info_callback|. 4763 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_info_callback( 4764 SSL *ssl, void (*cb)(const SSL *ssl, int type, int value)); 4765 4766 // SSL_get_info_callback returns the callback set by |SSL_set_info_callback|. 4767 OPENSSL_EXPORT void (*SSL_get_info_callback(const SSL *ssl))(const SSL *ssl, 4768 int type, 4769 int value); 4770 4771 // SSL_state_string_long returns the current state of the handshake state 4772 // machine as a string. This may be useful for debugging and logging. 4773 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_state_string_long(const SSL *ssl); 4774 4775 #define SSL_SENT_SHUTDOWN 1 4776 #define SSL_RECEIVED_SHUTDOWN 2 4777 4778 // SSL_get_shutdown returns a bitmask with a subset of |SSL_SENT_SHUTDOWN| and 4779 // |SSL_RECEIVED_SHUTDOWN| to query whether close_notify was sent or received, 4780 // respectively. 4781 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_shutdown(const SSL *ssl); 4782 4783 // SSL_get_peer_signature_algorithm returns the signature algorithm used by the 4784 // peer. If not applicable, it returns zero. 4785 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t SSL_get_peer_signature_algorithm(const SSL *ssl); 4786 4787 // SSL_get_client_random writes up to |max_out| bytes of the most recent 4788 // handshake's client_random to |out| and returns the number of bytes written. 4789 // If |max_out| is zero, it returns the size of the client_random. 4790 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_client_random(const SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, 4791 size_t max_out); 4792 4793 // SSL_get_server_random writes up to |max_out| bytes of the most recent 4794 // handshake's server_random to |out| and returns the number of bytes written. 4795 // If |max_out| is zero, it returns the size of the server_random. 4796 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_server_random(const SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, 4797 size_t max_out); 4798 4799 // SSL_get_pending_cipher returns the cipher suite for the current handshake or 4800 // NULL if one has not been negotiated yet or there is no pending handshake. 4801 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_CIPHER *SSL_get_pending_cipher(const SSL *ssl); 4802 4803 // SSL_set_retain_only_sha256_of_client_certs, on a server, sets whether only 4804 // the SHA-256 hash of peer's certificate should be saved in memory and in the 4805 // session. This can save memory, ticket size and session cache space. If 4806 // enabled, |SSL_get_peer_certificate| will return NULL after the handshake 4807 // completes. See |SSL_SESSION_has_peer_sha256| and 4808 // |SSL_SESSION_get0_peer_sha256| to query the hash. 4809 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_retain_only_sha256_of_client_certs(SSL *ssl, 4810 int enable); 4811 4812 // SSL_CTX_set_retain_only_sha256_of_client_certs, on a server, sets whether 4813 // only the SHA-256 hash of peer's certificate should be saved in memory and in 4814 // the session. This can save memory, ticket size and session cache space. If 4815 // enabled, |SSL_get_peer_certificate| will return NULL after the handshake 4816 // completes. See |SSL_SESSION_has_peer_sha256| and 4817 // |SSL_SESSION_get0_peer_sha256| to query the hash. 4818 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_retain_only_sha256_of_client_certs(SSL_CTX *ctx, 4819 int enable); 4820 4821 // SSL_CTX_set_grease_enabled configures whether sockets on |ctx| should enable 4822 // GREASE. See RFC 8701. 4823 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_grease_enabled(SSL_CTX *ctx, int enabled); 4824 4825 // SSL_CTX_set_permute_extensions configures whether sockets on |ctx| should 4826 // permute extensions. For now, this is only implemented for the ClientHello. 4827 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_permute_extensions(SSL_CTX *ctx, int enabled); 4828 4829 // SSL_set_permute_extensions configures whether sockets on |ssl| should 4830 // permute extensions. For now, this is only implemented for the ClientHello. 4831 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_permute_extensions(SSL *ssl, int enabled); 4832 4833 // SSL_max_seal_overhead returns the maximum overhead, in bytes, of sealing a 4834 // record with |ssl|. 4835 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_max_seal_overhead(const SSL *ssl); 4836 4837 // SSL_CTX_set_false_start_allowed_without_alpn configures whether connections 4838 // on |ctx| may use False Start (if |SSL_MODE_ENABLE_FALSE_START| is enabled) 4839 // without negotiating ALPN. 4840 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_false_start_allowed_without_alpn(SSL_CTX *ctx, 4841 int allowed); 4842 4843 // SSL_used_hello_retry_request returns one if the TLS 1.3 HelloRetryRequest 4844 // message has been either sent by the server or received by the client. It 4845 // returns zero otherwise. 4846 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_used_hello_retry_request(const SSL *ssl); 4847 4848 // SSL_set_jdk11_workaround configures whether to workaround various bugs in 4849 // JDK 11's TLS 1.3 implementation by disabling TLS 1.3 for such clients. 4850 // 4851 // https://bugs.openjdk.java.net/browse/JDK-8211806 4852 // https://bugs.openjdk.java.net/browse/JDK-8212885 4853 // https://bugs.openjdk.java.net/browse/JDK-8213202 4854 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_jdk11_workaround(SSL *ssl, int enable); 4855 4856 // SSL_set_check_client_certificate_type configures whether the client, in 4857 // TLS 1.2 and below, will check its certificate against the server's requested 4858 // certificate types. 4859 // 4860 // By default, this option is enabled. If disabled, certificate selection within 4861 // the library may not function correctly. This flag is provided temporarily in 4862 // case of compatibility issues. It will be removed sometime after June 2024. 4863 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_check_client_certificate_type(SSL *ssl, int enable); 4864 4865 // SSL_set_check_ecdsa_curve configures whether the server, in TLS 1.2 and 4866 // below, will check its certificate against the client's supported ECDSA 4867 // curves. 4868 // 4869 // By default, this option is enabled. If disabled, certificate selection within 4870 // the library may not function correctly. This flag is provided temporarily in 4871 // case of compatibility issues. It will be removed sometime after June 2024. 4872 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_check_ecdsa_curve(SSL *ssl, int enable); 4873 4874 4875 // Deprecated functions. 4876 4877 // SSL_library_init returns one. 4878 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_library_init(void); 4879 4880 // SSL_CIPHER_description writes a description of |cipher| into |buf| and 4881 // returns |buf|. If |buf| is NULL, it returns a newly allocated string, to be 4882 // freed with |OPENSSL_free|, or NULL on error. 4883 // 4884 // The description includes a trailing newline and has the form: 4885 // AES128-SHA Kx=RSA Au=RSA Enc=AES(128) Mac=SHA1 4886 // 4887 // Consider |SSL_CIPHER_standard_name| or |SSL_CIPHER_get_name| instead. 4888 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_CIPHER_description(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher, 4889 char *buf, int len); 4890 4891 // SSL_CIPHER_get_version returns the string "TLSv1/SSLv3". 4892 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_CIPHER_get_version(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher); 4893 4894 typedef void COMP_METHOD; 4895 typedef struct ssl_comp_st SSL_COMP; 4896 4897 // SSL_COMP_get_compression_methods returns NULL. 4898 OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(SSL_COMP) *SSL_COMP_get_compression_methods(void); 4899 4900 // SSL_COMP_add_compression_method returns one. 4901 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_COMP_add_compression_method(int id, COMP_METHOD *cm); 4902 4903 // SSL_COMP_get_name returns NULL. 4904 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_COMP_get_name(const COMP_METHOD *comp); 4905 4906 // SSL_COMP_get0_name returns the |name| member of |comp|. 4907 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_COMP_get0_name(const SSL_COMP *comp); 4908 4909 // SSL_COMP_get_id returns the |id| member of |comp|. 4910 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_COMP_get_id(const SSL_COMP *comp); 4911 4912 // SSL_COMP_free_compression_methods does nothing. 4913 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_COMP_free_compression_methods(void); 4914 4915 // SSLv23_method calls |TLS_method|. 4916 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *SSLv23_method(void); 4917 4918 // These version-specific methods behave exactly like |TLS_method| and 4919 // |DTLS_method| except they also call |SSL_CTX_set_min_proto_version| and 4920 // |SSL_CTX_set_max_proto_version| to lock connections to that protocol 4921 // version. 4922 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_method(void); 4923 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_1_method(void); 4924 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_2_method(void); 4925 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLSv1_method(void); 4926 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLSv1_2_method(void); 4927 4928 // These client- and server-specific methods call their corresponding generic 4929 // methods. 4930 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLS_server_method(void); 4931 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLS_client_method(void); 4932 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *SSLv23_server_method(void); 4933 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *SSLv23_client_method(void); 4934 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_server_method(void); 4935 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_client_method(void); 4936 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_1_server_method(void); 4937 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_1_client_method(void); 4938 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_2_server_method(void); 4939 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_2_client_method(void); 4940 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLS_server_method(void); 4941 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLS_client_method(void); 4942 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLSv1_server_method(void); 4943 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLSv1_client_method(void); 4944 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLSv1_2_server_method(void); 4945 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLSv1_2_client_method(void); 4946 4947 // SSL_clear resets |ssl| to allow another connection and returns one on success 4948 // or zero on failure. It returns most configuration state but releases memory 4949 // associated with the current connection. 4950 // 4951 // Free |ssl| and create a new one instead. 4952 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_clear(SSL *ssl); 4953 4954 // SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa_callback does nothing. 4955 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa_callback( 4956 SSL_CTX *ctx, RSA *(*cb)(SSL *ssl, int is_export, int keylength)); 4957 4958 // SSL_set_tmp_rsa_callback does nothing. 4959 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_tmp_rsa_callback(SSL *ssl, 4960 RSA *(*cb)(SSL *ssl, int is_export, 4961 int keylength)); 4962 4963 // SSL_CTX_sess_connect returns zero. 4964 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_connect(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 4965 4966 // SSL_CTX_sess_connect_good returns zero. 4967 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_connect_good(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 4968 4969 // SSL_CTX_sess_connect_renegotiate returns zero. 4970 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_connect_renegotiate(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 4971 4972 // SSL_CTX_sess_accept returns zero. 4973 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_accept(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 4974 4975 // SSL_CTX_sess_accept_renegotiate returns zero. 4976 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_accept_renegotiate(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 4977 4978 // SSL_CTX_sess_accept_good returns zero. 4979 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_accept_good(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 4980 4981 // SSL_CTX_sess_hits returns zero. 4982 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_hits(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 4983 4984 // SSL_CTX_sess_cb_hits returns zero. 4985 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_cb_hits(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 4986 4987 // SSL_CTX_sess_misses returns zero. 4988 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_misses(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 4989 4990 // SSL_CTX_sess_timeouts returns zero. 4991 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_timeouts(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 4992 4993 // SSL_CTX_sess_cache_full returns zero. 4994 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_cache_full(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 4995 4996 // SSL_cutthrough_complete calls |SSL_in_false_start|. 4997 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_cutthrough_complete(const SSL *ssl); 4998 4999 // SSL_num_renegotiations calls |SSL_total_renegotiations|. 5000 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_num_renegotiations(const SSL *ssl); 5001 5002 // SSL_CTX_need_tmp_RSA returns zero. 5003 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_need_tmp_RSA(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 5004 5005 // SSL_need_tmp_RSA returns zero. 5006 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_need_tmp_RSA(const SSL *ssl); 5007 5008 // SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa returns one. 5009 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa(SSL_CTX *ctx, const RSA *rsa); 5010 5011 // SSL_set_tmp_rsa returns one. 5012 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_tmp_rsa(SSL *ssl, const RSA *rsa); 5013 5014 // SSL_CTX_get_read_ahead returns zero. 5015 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_read_ahead(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 5016 5017 // SSL_CTX_set_read_ahead returns one. 5018 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_read_ahead(SSL_CTX *ctx, int yes); 5019 5020 // SSL_get_read_ahead returns zero. 5021 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_read_ahead(const SSL *ssl); 5022 5023 // SSL_set_read_ahead returns one. 5024 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_read_ahead(SSL *ssl, int yes); 5025 5026 // SSL_set_state does nothing. 5027 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_state(SSL *ssl, int state); 5028 5029 // SSL_get_shared_ciphers writes an empty string to |buf| and returns a 5030 // pointer to |buf|, or NULL if |len| is less than or equal to zero. 5031 OPENSSL_EXPORT char *SSL_get_shared_ciphers(const SSL *ssl, char *buf, int len); 5032 5033 // SSL_get_shared_sigalgs returns zero. 5034 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_shared_sigalgs(SSL *ssl, int idx, int *psign, 5035 int *phash, int *psignandhash, 5036 uint8_t *rsig, uint8_t *rhash); 5037 5038 // SSL_MODE_HANDSHAKE_CUTTHROUGH is the same as SSL_MODE_ENABLE_FALSE_START. 5039 #define SSL_MODE_HANDSHAKE_CUTTHROUGH SSL_MODE_ENABLE_FALSE_START 5040 5041 // i2d_SSL_SESSION serializes |in|, as described in |i2d_SAMPLE|. 5042 // 5043 // Use |SSL_SESSION_to_bytes| instead. 5044 OPENSSL_EXPORT int i2d_SSL_SESSION(SSL_SESSION *in, uint8_t **pp); 5045 5046 // d2i_SSL_SESSION parses a serialized session from the |length| bytes pointed 5047 // to by |*pp|, as described in |d2i_SAMPLE|. 5048 // 5049 // Use |SSL_SESSION_from_bytes| instead. 5050 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *d2i_SSL_SESSION(SSL_SESSION **a, const uint8_t **pp, 5051 long length); 5052 5053 // i2d_SSL_SESSION_bio serializes |session| and writes the result to |bio|. It 5054 // returns the number of bytes written on success and <= 0 on error. 5055 OPENSSL_EXPORT int i2d_SSL_SESSION_bio(BIO *bio, const SSL_SESSION *session); 5056 5057 // d2i_SSL_SESSION_bio reads a serialized |SSL_SESSION| from |bio| and returns a 5058 // newly-allocated |SSL_SESSION| or NULL on error. If |out| is not NULL, it also 5059 // frees |*out| and sets |*out| to the new |SSL_SESSION|. 5060 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *d2i_SSL_SESSION_bio(BIO *bio, SSL_SESSION **out); 5061 5062 // ERR_load_SSL_strings does nothing. 5063 OPENSSL_EXPORT void ERR_load_SSL_strings(void); 5064 5065 // SSL_load_error_strings does nothing. 5066 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_load_error_strings(void); 5067 5068 // SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_use_srtp calls |SSL_CTX_set_srtp_profiles|. It returns 5069 // zero on success and one on failure. 5070 // 5071 // WARNING: this function is dangerous because it breaks the usual return value 5072 // convention. Use |SSL_CTX_set_srtp_profiles| instead. 5073 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_use_srtp(SSL_CTX *ctx, 5074 const char *profiles); 5075 5076 // SSL_set_tlsext_use_srtp calls |SSL_set_srtp_profiles|. It returns zero on 5077 // success and one on failure. 5078 // 5079 // WARNING: this function is dangerous because it breaks the usual return value 5080 // convention. Use |SSL_set_srtp_profiles| instead. 5081 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_tlsext_use_srtp(SSL *ssl, const char *profiles); 5082 5083 // SSL_get_current_compression returns NULL. 5084 OPENSSL_EXPORT const COMP_METHOD *SSL_get_current_compression(SSL *ssl); 5085 5086 // SSL_get_current_expansion returns NULL. 5087 OPENSSL_EXPORT const COMP_METHOD *SSL_get_current_expansion(SSL *ssl); 5088 5089 // SSL_get_server_tmp_key returns zero. 5090 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_server_tmp_key(SSL *ssl, EVP_PKEY **out_key); 5091 5092 // SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh returns 1. 5093 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh(SSL_CTX *ctx, const DH *dh); 5094 5095 // SSL_set_tmp_dh returns 1. 5096 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_tmp_dh(SSL *ssl, const DH *dh); 5097 5098 // SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh_callback does nothing. 5099 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh_callback( 5100 SSL_CTX *ctx, DH *(*cb)(SSL *ssl, int is_export, int keylength)); 5101 5102 // SSL_set_tmp_dh_callback does nothing. 5103 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_tmp_dh_callback(SSL *ssl, 5104 DH *(*cb)(SSL *ssl, int is_export, 5105 int keylength)); 5106 5107 // SSL_CTX_set1_sigalgs takes |num_values| ints and interprets them as pairs 5108 // where the first is the nid of a hash function and the second is an 5109 // |EVP_PKEY_*| value. It configures the signature algorithm preferences for 5110 // |ctx| based on them and returns one on success or zero on error. 5111 // 5112 // This API is compatible with OpenSSL. However, BoringSSL-specific code should 5113 // prefer |SSL_CTX_set_signing_algorithm_prefs| because it's clearer and it's 5114 // more convenient to codesearch for specific algorithm values. 5115 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_sigalgs(SSL_CTX *ctx, const int *values, 5116 size_t num_values); 5117 5118 // SSL_set1_sigalgs takes |num_values| ints and interprets them as pairs where 5119 // the first is the nid of a hash function and the second is an |EVP_PKEY_*| 5120 // value. It configures the signature algorithm preferences for |ssl| based on 5121 // them and returns one on success or zero on error. 5122 // 5123 // This API is compatible with OpenSSL. However, BoringSSL-specific code should 5124 // prefer |SSL_CTX_set_signing_algorithm_prefs| because it's clearer and it's 5125 // more convenient to codesearch for specific algorithm values. 5126 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_sigalgs(SSL *ssl, const int *values, 5127 size_t num_values); 5128 5129 // SSL_CTX_set1_sigalgs_list takes a textual specification of a set of signature 5130 // algorithms and configures them on |ctx|. It returns one on success and zero 5131 // on error. See 5132 // https://www.openssl.org/docs/man1.1.0/man3/SSL_CTX_set1_sigalgs_list.html for 5133 // a description of the text format. Also note that TLS 1.3 names (e.g. 5134 // "rsa_pkcs1_md5_sha1") can also be used (as in OpenSSL, although OpenSSL 5135 // doesn't document that). 5136 // 5137 // This API is compatible with OpenSSL. However, BoringSSL-specific code should 5138 // prefer |SSL_CTX_set_signing_algorithm_prefs| because it's clearer and it's 5139 // more convenient to codesearch for specific algorithm values. 5140 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_sigalgs_list(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *str); 5141 5142 // SSL_set1_sigalgs_list takes a textual specification of a set of signature 5143 // algorithms and configures them on |ssl|. It returns one on success and zero 5144 // on error. See 5145 // https://www.openssl.org/docs/man1.1.0/man3/SSL_CTX_set1_sigalgs_list.html for 5146 // a description of the text format. Also note that TLS 1.3 names (e.g. 5147 // "rsa_pkcs1_md5_sha1") can also be used (as in OpenSSL, although OpenSSL 5148 // doesn't document that). 5149 // 5150 // This API is compatible with OpenSSL. However, BoringSSL-specific code should 5151 // prefer |SSL_CTX_set_signing_algorithm_prefs| because it's clearer and it's 5152 // more convenient to codesearch for specific algorithm values. 5153 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_sigalgs_list(SSL *ssl, const char *str); 5154 5155 #define SSL_set_app_data(s, arg) (SSL_set_ex_data(s, 0, (char *)(arg))) 5156 #define SSL_get_app_data(s) (SSL_get_ex_data(s, 0)) 5157 #define SSL_SESSION_set_app_data(s, a) \ 5158 (SSL_SESSION_set_ex_data(s, 0, (char *)(a))) 5159 #define SSL_SESSION_get_app_data(s) (SSL_SESSION_get_ex_data(s, 0)) 5160 #define SSL_CTX_get_app_data(ctx) (SSL_CTX_get_ex_data(ctx, 0)) 5161 #define SSL_CTX_set_app_data(ctx, arg) \ 5162 (SSL_CTX_set_ex_data(ctx, 0, (char *)(arg))) 5163 5164 #define OpenSSL_add_ssl_algorithms() SSL_library_init() 5165 #define SSLeay_add_ssl_algorithms() SSL_library_init() 5166 5167 #define SSL_get_cipher(ssl) SSL_CIPHER_get_name(SSL_get_current_cipher(ssl)) 5168 #define SSL_get_cipher_bits(ssl, out_alg_bits) \ 5169 SSL_CIPHER_get_bits(SSL_get_current_cipher(ssl), out_alg_bits) 5170 #define SSL_get_cipher_version(ssl) \ 5171 SSL_CIPHER_get_version(SSL_get_current_cipher(ssl)) 5172 #define SSL_get_cipher_name(ssl) \ 5173 SSL_CIPHER_get_name(SSL_get_current_cipher(ssl)) 5174 #define SSL_get_time(session) SSL_SESSION_get_time(session) 5175 #define SSL_set_time(session, time) SSL_SESSION_set_time((session), (time)) 5176 #define SSL_get_timeout(session) SSL_SESSION_get_timeout(session) 5177 #define SSL_set_timeout(session, timeout) \ 5178 SSL_SESSION_set_timeout((session), (timeout)) 5179 5180 struct ssl_comp_st { 5181 int id; 5182 const char *name; 5183 char *method; 5184 }; 5185 5186 DEFINE_STACK_OF(SSL_COMP) 5187 5188 // The following flags do nothing and are included only to make it easier to 5189 // compile code with BoringSSL. 5190 #define SSL_MODE_AUTO_RETRY 0 5191 #define SSL_MODE_RELEASE_BUFFERS 0 5192 #define SSL_MODE_SEND_CLIENTHELLO_TIME 0 5193 #define SSL_MODE_SEND_SERVERHELLO_TIME 0 5194 #define SSL_OP_ALL 0 5195 #define SSL_OP_ALLOW_UNSAFE_LEGACY_RENEGOTIATION 0 5196 #define SSL_OP_DONT_INSERT_EMPTY_FRAGMENTS 0 5197 #define SSL_OP_EPHEMERAL_RSA 0 5198 #define SSL_OP_LEGACY_SERVER_CONNECT 0 5199 #define SSL_OP_MICROSOFT_BIG_SSLV3_BUFFER 0 5200 #define SSL_OP_MICROSOFT_SESS_ID_BUG 0 5201 #define SSL_OP_MSIE_SSLV2_RSA_PADDING 0 5202 #define SSL_OP_NETSCAPE_CA_DN_BUG 0 5203 #define SSL_OP_NETSCAPE_CHALLENGE_BUG 0 5204 #define SSL_OP_NETSCAPE_DEMO_CIPHER_CHANGE_BUG 0 5205 #define SSL_OP_NETSCAPE_REUSE_CIPHER_CHANGE_BUG 0 5206 #define SSL_OP_NO_COMPRESSION 0 5207 #define SSL_OP_NO_RENEGOTIATION 0 // ssl_renegotiate_never is the default 5208 #define SSL_OP_NO_SESSION_RESUMPTION_ON_RENEGOTIATION 0 5209 #define SSL_OP_NO_SSLv2 0 5210 #define SSL_OP_NO_SSLv3 0 5211 #define SSL_OP_PKCS1_CHECK_1 0 5212 #define SSL_OP_PKCS1_CHECK_2 0 5213 #define SSL_OP_SINGLE_DH_USE 0 5214 #define SSL_OP_SINGLE_ECDH_USE 0 5215 #define SSL_OP_SSLEAY_080_CLIENT_DH_BUG 0 5216 #define SSL_OP_SSLREF2_REUSE_CERT_TYPE_BUG 0 5217 #define SSL_OP_TLS_BLOCK_PADDING_BUG 0 5218 #define SSL_OP_TLS_D5_BUG 0 5219 #define SSL_OP_TLS_ROLLBACK_BUG 0 5220 #define SSL_VERIFY_CLIENT_ONCE 0 5221 5222 // SSL_cache_hit calls |SSL_session_reused|. 5223 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_cache_hit(SSL *ssl); 5224 5225 // SSL_get_default_timeout returns |SSL_DEFAULT_SESSION_TIMEOUT|. 5226 OPENSSL_EXPORT long SSL_get_default_timeout(const SSL *ssl); 5227 5228 // SSL_get_version returns a string describing the TLS version used by |ssl|. 5229 // For example, "TLSv1.2" or "DTLSv1". 5230 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_get_version(const SSL *ssl); 5231 5232 // SSL_get_all_version_names outputs a list of possible strings 5233 // |SSL_get_version| may return in this version of BoringSSL. It writes at most 5234 // |max_out| entries to |out| and returns the total number it would have 5235 // written, if |max_out| had been large enough. |max_out| may be initially set 5236 // to zero to size the output. 5237 // 5238 // This function is only intended to help initialize tables in callers that want 5239 // possible strings pre-declared. This list would not be suitable to set a list 5240 // of supported features. It is in no particular order, and may contain 5241 // placeholder, experimental, or deprecated values that do not apply to every 5242 // caller. Future versions of BoringSSL may also return strings not in this 5243 // list, so this does not apply if, say, sending strings across services. 5244 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_all_version_names(const char **out, 5245 size_t max_out); 5246 5247 // SSL_get_cipher_list returns the name of the |n|th cipher in the output of 5248 // |SSL_get_ciphers| or NULL if out of range. Use |SSL_get_ciphers| instead. 5249 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_get_cipher_list(const SSL *ssl, int n); 5250 5251 // SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb sets a callback which is called on the client if 5252 // the server requests a client certificate and none is configured. On success, 5253 // the callback should return one and set |*out_x509| to |*out_pkey| to a leaf 5254 // certificate and private key, respectively, passing ownership. It should 5255 // return zero to send no certificate and -1 to fail or pause the handshake. If 5256 // the handshake is paused, |SSL_get_error| will return 5257 // |SSL_ERROR_WANT_X509_LOOKUP|. 5258 // 5259 // The callback may call |SSL_get0_certificate_types| and 5260 // |SSL_get_client_CA_list| for information on the server's certificate request. 5261 // 5262 // Use |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| instead. Configuring intermediate certificates with 5263 // this function is confusing. This callback may not be registered concurrently 5264 // with |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| or |SSL_set_cert_cb|. 5265 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb( 5266 SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*cb)(SSL *ssl, X509 **out_x509, EVP_PKEY **out_pkey)); 5267 5268 #define SSL_NOTHING SSL_ERROR_NONE 5269 #define SSL_WRITING SSL_ERROR_WANT_WRITE 5270 #define SSL_READING SSL_ERROR_WANT_READ 5271 5272 // SSL_want returns one of the above values to determine what the most recent 5273 // operation on |ssl| was blocked on. Use |SSL_get_error| instead. 5274 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_want(const SSL *ssl); 5275 5276 #define SSL_want_read(ssl) (SSL_want(ssl) == SSL_READING) 5277 #define SSL_want_write(ssl) (SSL_want(ssl) == SSL_WRITING) 5278 5279 // SSL_get_finished writes up to |count| bytes of the Finished message sent by 5280 // |ssl| to |buf|. It returns the total untruncated length or zero if none has 5281 // been sent yet. At TLS 1.3 and later, it returns zero. 5282 // 5283 // Use |SSL_get_tls_unique| instead. 5284 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_finished(const SSL *ssl, void *buf, size_t count); 5285 5286 // SSL_get_peer_finished writes up to |count| bytes of the Finished message 5287 // received from |ssl|'s peer to |buf|. It returns the total untruncated length 5288 // or zero if none has been received yet. At TLS 1.3 and later, it returns 5289 // zero. 5290 // 5291 // Use |SSL_get_tls_unique| instead. 5292 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_peer_finished(const SSL *ssl, void *buf, 5293 size_t count); 5294 5295 // SSL_alert_type_string returns "!". Use |SSL_alert_type_string_long| 5296 // instead. 5297 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_alert_type_string(int value); 5298 5299 // SSL_alert_desc_string returns "!!". Use |SSL_alert_desc_string_long| 5300 // instead. 5301 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_alert_desc_string(int value); 5302 5303 // SSL_state_string returns "!!!!!!". Use |SSL_state_string_long| for a more 5304 // intelligible string. 5305 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_state_string(const SSL *ssl); 5306 5307 // SSL_TXT_* expand to strings. 5308 #define SSL_TXT_MEDIUM "MEDIUM" 5309 #define SSL_TXT_HIGH "HIGH" 5310 #define SSL_TXT_FIPS "FIPS" 5311 #define SSL_TXT_kRSA "kRSA" 5312 #define SSL_TXT_kDHE "kDHE" 5313 #define SSL_TXT_kEDH "kEDH" 5314 #define SSL_TXT_kECDHE "kECDHE" 5315 #define SSL_TXT_kEECDH "kEECDH" 5316 #define SSL_TXT_kPSK "kPSK" 5317 #define SSL_TXT_aRSA "aRSA" 5318 #define SSL_TXT_aECDSA "aECDSA" 5319 #define SSL_TXT_aPSK "aPSK" 5320 #define SSL_TXT_DH "DH" 5321 #define SSL_TXT_DHE "DHE" 5322 #define SSL_TXT_EDH "EDH" 5323 #define SSL_TXT_RSA "RSA" 5324 #define SSL_TXT_ECDH "ECDH" 5325 #define SSL_TXT_ECDHE "ECDHE" 5326 #define SSL_TXT_EECDH "EECDH" 5327 #define SSL_TXT_ECDSA "ECDSA" 5328 #define SSL_TXT_PSK "PSK" 5329 #define SSL_TXT_3DES "3DES" 5330 #define SSL_TXT_RC4 "RC4" 5331 #define SSL_TXT_AES128 "AES128" 5332 #define SSL_TXT_AES256 "AES256" 5333 #define SSL_TXT_AES "AES" 5334 #define SSL_TXT_AES_GCM "AESGCM" 5335 #define SSL_TXT_CHACHA20 "CHACHA20" 5336 #define SSL_TXT_MD5 "MD5" 5337 #define SSL_TXT_SHA1 "SHA1" 5338 #define SSL_TXT_SHA "SHA" 5339 #define SSL_TXT_SHA256 "SHA256" 5340 #define SSL_TXT_SHA384 "SHA384" 5341 #define SSL_TXT_SSLV3 "SSLv3" 5342 #define SSL_TXT_TLSV1 "TLSv1" 5343 #define SSL_TXT_TLSV1_1 "TLSv1.1" 5344 #define SSL_TXT_TLSV1_2 "TLSv1.2" 5345 #define SSL_TXT_TLSV1_3 "TLSv1.3" 5346 #define SSL_TXT_ALL "ALL" 5347 #define SSL_TXT_CMPDEF "COMPLEMENTOFDEFAULT" 5348 5349 typedef struct ssl_conf_ctx_st SSL_CONF_CTX; 5350 5351 // SSL_state returns |SSL_ST_INIT| if a handshake is in progress and |SSL_ST_OK| 5352 // otherwise. 5353 // 5354 // Use |SSL_is_init| instead. 5355 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_state(const SSL *ssl); 5356 5357 #define SSL_get_state(ssl) SSL_state(ssl) 5358 5359 // SSL_set_shutdown causes |ssl| to behave as if the shutdown bitmask (see 5360 // |SSL_get_shutdown|) were |mode|. This may be used to skip sending or 5361 // receiving close_notify in |SSL_shutdown| by causing the implementation to 5362 // believe the events already happened. 5363 // 5364 // It is an error to use |SSL_set_shutdown| to unset a bit that has already been 5365 // set. Doing so will trigger an |assert| in debug builds and otherwise be 5366 // ignored. 5367 // 5368 // Use |SSL_CTX_set_quiet_shutdown| instead. 5369 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_shutdown(SSL *ssl, int mode); 5370 5371 // SSL_CTX_set_tmp_ecdh calls |SSL_CTX_set1_groups| with a one-element list 5372 // containing |ec_key|'s curve. The remainder of |ec_key| is ignored. 5373 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tmp_ecdh(SSL_CTX *ctx, const EC_KEY *ec_key); 5374 5375 // SSL_set_tmp_ecdh calls |SSL_set1_groups| with a one-element list containing 5376 // |ec_key|'s curve. The remainder of |ec_key| is ignored. 5377 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_tmp_ecdh(SSL *ssl, const EC_KEY *ec_key); 5378 5379 #if !defined(OPENSSL_NO_FILESYSTEM) 5380 // SSL_add_dir_cert_subjects_to_stack lists files in directory |dir|. It calls 5381 // |SSL_add_file_cert_subjects_to_stack| on each file and returns one on success 5382 // or zero on error. This function is only available from the libdecrepit 5383 // library. 5384 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_add_dir_cert_subjects_to_stack(STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *out, 5385 const char *dir); 5386 #endif 5387 5388 // SSL_CTX_enable_tls_channel_id calls |SSL_CTX_set_tls_channel_id_enabled|. 5389 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_enable_tls_channel_id(SSL_CTX *ctx); 5390 5391 // SSL_enable_tls_channel_id calls |SSL_set_tls_channel_id_enabled|. 5392 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_enable_tls_channel_id(SSL *ssl); 5393 5394 // BIO_f_ssl returns a |BIO_METHOD| that can wrap an |SSL*| in a |BIO*|. Note 5395 // that this has quite different behaviour from the version in OpenSSL (notably 5396 // that it doesn't try to auto renegotiate). 5397 // 5398 // IMPORTANT: if you are not curl, don't use this. 5399 OPENSSL_EXPORT const BIO_METHOD *BIO_f_ssl(void); 5400 5401 // BIO_set_ssl sets |ssl| as the underlying connection for |bio|, which must 5402 // have been created using |BIO_f_ssl|. If |take_owership| is true, |bio| will 5403 // call |SSL_free| on |ssl| when closed. It returns one on success or something 5404 // other than one on error. 5405 OPENSSL_EXPORT long BIO_set_ssl(BIO *bio, SSL *ssl, int take_owership); 5406 5407 // SSL_CTX_set_ecdh_auto returns one. 5408 #define SSL_CTX_set_ecdh_auto(ctx, onoff) 1 5409 5410 // SSL_set_ecdh_auto returns one. 5411 #define SSL_set_ecdh_auto(ssl, onoff) 1 5412 5413 // SSL_get_session returns a non-owning pointer to |ssl|'s session. For 5414 // historical reasons, which session it returns depends on |ssl|'s state. 5415 // 5416 // Prior to the start of the initial handshake, it returns the session the 5417 // caller set with |SSL_set_session|. After the initial handshake has finished 5418 // and if no additional handshakes are in progress, it returns the currently 5419 // active session. Its behavior is undefined while a handshake is in progress. 5420 // 5421 // If trying to add new sessions to an external session cache, use 5422 // |SSL_CTX_sess_set_new_cb| instead. In particular, using the callback is 5423 // required as of TLS 1.3. For compatibility, this function will return an 5424 // unresumable session which may be cached, but will never be resumed. 5425 // 5426 // If querying properties of the connection, use APIs on the |SSL| object. 5427 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *SSL_get_session(const SSL *ssl); 5428 5429 // SSL_get0_session is an alias for |SSL_get_session|. 5430 #define SSL_get0_session SSL_get_session 5431 5432 // SSL_get1_session acts like |SSL_get_session| but returns a new reference to 5433 // the session. 5434 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *SSL_get1_session(SSL *ssl); 5435 5436 #define OPENSSL_INIT_NO_LOAD_SSL_STRINGS 0 5437 #define OPENSSL_INIT_LOAD_SSL_STRINGS 0 5438 #define OPENSSL_INIT_SSL_DEFAULT 0 5439 5440 // OPENSSL_init_ssl returns one. 5441 OPENSSL_EXPORT int OPENSSL_init_ssl(uint64_t opts, 5442 const OPENSSL_INIT_SETTINGS *settings); 5443 5444 // The following constants are legacy aliases for RSA-PSS with rsaEncryption 5445 // keys. Use the new names instead. 5446 #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PSS_SHA256 SSL_SIGN_RSA_PSS_RSAE_SHA256 5447 #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PSS_SHA384 SSL_SIGN_RSA_PSS_RSAE_SHA384 5448 #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PSS_SHA512 SSL_SIGN_RSA_PSS_RSAE_SHA512 5449 5450 // SSL_set_tlsext_status_type configures a client to request OCSP stapling if 5451 // |type| is |TLSEXT_STATUSTYPE_ocsp| and disables it otherwise. It returns one 5452 // on success and zero if handshake configuration has already been shed. 5453 // 5454 // Use |SSL_enable_ocsp_stapling| instead. 5455 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_tlsext_status_type(SSL *ssl, int type); 5456 5457 // SSL_get_tlsext_status_type returns |TLSEXT_STATUSTYPE_ocsp| if the client 5458 // requested OCSP stapling and |TLSEXT_STATUSTYPE_nothing| otherwise. On the 5459 // client, this reflects whether OCSP stapling was enabled via, e.g., 5460 // |SSL_set_tlsext_status_type|. On the server, this is determined during the 5461 // handshake. It may be queried in callbacks set by |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb|. The 5462 // result is undefined after the handshake completes. 5463 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_tlsext_status_type(const SSL *ssl); 5464 5465 // SSL_set_tlsext_status_ocsp_resp sets the OCSP response. It returns one on 5466 // success and zero on error. On success, |ssl| takes ownership of |resp|, which 5467 // must have been allocated by |OPENSSL_malloc|. 5468 // 5469 // Use |SSL_set_ocsp_response| instead. 5470 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_tlsext_status_ocsp_resp(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *resp, 5471 size_t resp_len); 5472 5473 // SSL_get_tlsext_status_ocsp_resp sets |*out| to point to the OCSP response 5474 // from the server. It returns the length of the response. If there was no 5475 // response, it sets |*out| to NULL and returns zero. 5476 // 5477 // Use |SSL_get0_ocsp_response| instead. 5478 // 5479 // WARNING: the returned data is not guaranteed to be well formed. 5480 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_tlsext_status_ocsp_resp(const SSL *ssl, 5481 const uint8_t **out); 5482 5483 // SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_status_cb configures the legacy OpenSSL OCSP callback and 5484 // returns one. Though the type signature is the same, this callback has 5485 // different behavior for client and server connections: 5486 // 5487 // For clients, the callback is called after certificate verification. It should 5488 // return one for success, zero for a bad OCSP response, and a negative number 5489 // for internal error. Instead, handle this as part of certificate verification. 5490 // (Historically, OpenSSL verified certificates just before parsing stapled OCSP 5491 // responses, but BoringSSL fixes this ordering. All server credentials are 5492 // available during verification.) 5493 // 5494 // Do not use this callback as a server. It is provided for compatibility 5495 // purposes only. For servers, it is called to configure server credentials. It 5496 // should return |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_OK| on success, |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_NOACK| to 5497 // ignore OCSP requests, or |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_ALERT_FATAL| on error. It is usually 5498 // used to fetch OCSP responses on demand, which is not ideal. Instead, treat 5499 // OCSP responses like other server credentials, such as certificates or SCT 5500 // lists. Configure, store, and refresh them eagerly. This avoids downtime if 5501 // the CA's OCSP responder is briefly offline. 5502 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_status_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx, 5503 int (*callback)(SSL *ssl, 5504 void *arg)); 5505 5506 // SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_status_arg sets additional data for 5507 // |SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_status_cb|'s callback and returns one. 5508 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_status_arg(SSL_CTX *ctx, void *arg); 5509 5510 // The following symbols are compatibility aliases for reason codes used when 5511 // receiving an alert from the peer. Use the other names instead, which fit the 5512 // naming convention. 5513 // 5514 // TODO(davidben): Fix references to |SSL_R_TLSV1_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED| and 5515 // remove the compatibility value. The others come from OpenSSL. 5516 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSION \ 5517 SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSION 5518 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_CERTIFICATE_UNOBTAINABLE \ 5519 SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_CERTIFICATE_UNOBTAINABLE 5520 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_UNRECOGNIZED_NAME SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_UNRECOGNIZED_NAME 5521 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_BAD_CERTIFICATE_STATUS_RESPONSE \ 5522 SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_BAD_CERTIFICATE_STATUS_RESPONSE 5523 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_BAD_CERTIFICATE_HASH_VALUE \ 5524 SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_BAD_CERTIFICATE_HASH_VALUE 5525 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED 5526 5527 // The following symbols are compatibility aliases for |SSL_GROUP_*|. 5528 #define SSL_CURVE_SECP224R1 SSL_GROUP_SECP224R1 5529 #define SSL_CURVE_SECP256R1 SSL_GROUP_SECP256R1 5530 #define SSL_CURVE_SECP384R1 SSL_GROUP_SECP384R1 5531 #define SSL_CURVE_SECP521R1 SSL_GROUP_SECP521R1 5532 #define SSL_CURVE_X25519 SSL_GROUP_X25519 5533 #define SSL_CURVE_X25519_KYBER768_DRAFT00 SSL_GROUP_X25519_KYBER768_DRAFT00 5534 5535 // SSL_get_curve_id calls |SSL_get_group_id|. 5536 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t SSL_get_curve_id(const SSL *ssl); 5537 5538 // SSL_get_curve_name calls |SSL_get_group_name|. 5539 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_get_curve_name(uint16_t curve_id); 5540 5541 // SSL_get_all_curve_names calls |SSL_get_all_group_names|. 5542 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_all_curve_names(const char **out, size_t max_out); 5543 5544 // SSL_CTX_set1_curves calls |SSL_CTX_set1_groups|. 5545 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_curves(SSL_CTX *ctx, const int *curves, 5546 size_t num_curves); 5547 5548 // SSL_set1_curves calls |SSL_set1_groups|. 5549 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_curves(SSL *ssl, const int *curves, 5550 size_t num_curves); 5551 5552 // SSL_CTX_set1_curves_list calls |SSL_CTX_set1_groups_list|. 5553 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_curves_list(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *curves); 5554 5555 // SSL_set1_curves_list calls |SSL_set1_groups_list|. 5556 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_curves_list(SSL *ssl, const char *curves); 5557 5558 // TLSEXT_nid_unknown is a constant used in OpenSSL for 5559 // |SSL_get_negotiated_group| to return an unrecognized group. BoringSSL never 5560 // returns this value, but we define this constant for compatibility. 5561 #define TLSEXT_nid_unknown 0x1000000 5562 5563 // SSL_CTX_check_private_key returns one if |ctx| has both a certificate and 5564 // private key, and zero otherwise. 5565 // 5566 // This function does not check consistency because the library checks when the 5567 // certificate and key are individually configured. However, if the private key 5568 // is configured before the certificate, inconsistent private keys are silently 5569 // dropped. Some callers are inadvertently relying on this function to detect 5570 // when this happens. 5571 // 5572 // Instead, callers should configure the certificate first, then the private 5573 // key, checking for errors in each. This function is then unnecessary. 5574 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_check_private_key(const SSL_CTX *ctx); 5575 5576 // SSL_check_private_key returns one if |ssl| has both a certificate and private 5577 // key, and zero otherwise. 5578 // 5579 // See discussion in |SSL_CTX_check_private_key|. 5580 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_check_private_key(const SSL *ssl); 5581 5582 5583 // Compliance policy configurations 5584 // 5585 // A TLS connection has a large number of different parameters. Some are well 5586 // known, like cipher suites, but many are obscure and configuration functions 5587 // for them may not exist. These policy controls allow broad configuration 5588 // goals to be specified so that they can flow down to all the different 5589 // parameters of a TLS connection. 5590 5591 enum ssl_compliance_policy_t BORINGSSL_ENUM_INT { 5592 // ssl_compliance_policy_none does nothing. However, since setting this 5593 // doesn't undo other policies it's an error to try and set it. 5594 ssl_compliance_policy_none, 5595 5596 // ssl_compliance_policy_fips_202205 configures a TLS connection to use: 5597 // * TLS 1.2 or 1.3 5598 // * For TLS 1.2, only ECDHE_[RSA|ECDSA]_WITH_AES_*_GCM_SHA*. 5599 // * For TLS 1.3, only AES-GCM 5600 // * P-256 or P-384 for key agreement. 5601 // * For server signatures, only PKCS#1/PSS with SHA256/384/512, or ECDSA 5602 // with P-256 or P-384. 5603 // 5604 // Note: this policy can be configured even if BoringSSL has not been built in 5605 // FIPS mode. Call |FIPS_mode| to check that. 5606 // 5607 // Note: this setting aids with compliance with NIST requirements but does not 5608 // guarantee it. Careful reading of SP 800-52r2 is recommended. 5609 ssl_compliance_policy_fips_202205, 5610 5611 // ssl_compliance_policy_wpa3_192_202304 configures a TLS connection to use: 5612 // * TLS 1.2 or 1.3. 5613 // * For TLS 1.2, only TLS_ECDHE_[ECDSA|RSA]_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384. 5614 // * For TLS 1.3, only AES-256-GCM. 5615 // * P-384 for key agreement. 5616 // * For handshake signatures, only ECDSA with P-384 and SHA-384, or RSA 5617 // with SHA-384 or SHA-512. 5618 // 5619 // No limitations on the certificate chain nor leaf public key are imposed, 5620 // other than by the supported signature algorithms. But WPA3's "192-bit" 5621 // mode requires at least P-384 or 3072-bit along the chain. The caller must 5622 // enforce this themselves on the verified chain using functions such as 5623 // `X509_STORE_CTX_get0_chain`. 5624 // 5625 // Note that this setting is less secure than the default. The 5626 // implementation risks of using a more obscure primitive like P-384 5627 // dominate other considerations. 5628 ssl_compliance_policy_wpa3_192_202304, 5629 }; 5630 5631 // SSL_CTX_set_compliance_policy configures various aspects of |ctx| based on 5632 // the given policy requirements. Subsequently calling other functions that 5633 // configure |ctx| may override |policy|, or may not. This should be the final 5634 // configuration function called in order to have defined behaviour. It's a 5635 // fatal error if |policy| is |ssl_compliance_policy_none|. 5636 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_compliance_policy( 5637 SSL_CTX *ctx, enum ssl_compliance_policy_t policy); 5638 5639 // SSL_set_compliance_policy acts the same as |SSL_CTX_set_compliance_policy|, 5640 // but only configures a single |SSL*|. 5641 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_compliance_policy( 5642 SSL *ssl, enum ssl_compliance_policy_t policy); 5643 5644 5645 // Nodejs compatibility section (hidden). 5646 // 5647 // These defines exist for node.js, with the hope that we can eliminate the 5648 // need for them over time. 5649 5650 #define SSLerr(function, reason) \ 5651 ERR_put_error(ERR_LIB_SSL, 0, reason, __FILE__, __LINE__) 5652 5653 5654 // Preprocessor compatibility section (hidden). 5655 // 5656 // Historically, a number of APIs were implemented in OpenSSL as macros and 5657 // constants to 'ctrl' functions. To avoid breaking #ifdefs in consumers, this 5658 // section defines a number of legacy macros. 5659 // 5660 // Although using either the CTRL values or their wrapper macros in #ifdefs is 5661 // still supported, the CTRL values may not be passed to |SSL_ctrl| and 5662 // |SSL_CTX_ctrl|. Call the functions (previously wrapper macros) instead. 5663 // 5664 // See PORTING.md in the BoringSSL source tree for a table of corresponding 5665 // functions. 5666 // https://boringssl.googlesource.com/boringssl/+/master/PORTING.md#Replacements-for-values 5667 5668 #define DTLS_CTRL_GET_TIMEOUT doesnt_exist 5669 #define DTLS_CTRL_HANDLE_TIMEOUT doesnt_exist 5670 #define SSL_CTRL_CHAIN doesnt_exist 5671 #define SSL_CTRL_CHAIN_CERT doesnt_exist 5672 #define SSL_CTRL_CHANNEL_ID doesnt_exist 5673 #define SSL_CTRL_CLEAR_EXTRA_CHAIN_CERTS doesnt_exist 5674 #define SSL_CTRL_CLEAR_MODE doesnt_exist 5675 #define SSL_CTRL_CLEAR_OPTIONS doesnt_exist 5676 #define SSL_CTRL_EXTRA_CHAIN_CERT doesnt_exist 5677 #define SSL_CTRL_GET_CHAIN_CERTS doesnt_exist 5678 #define SSL_CTRL_GET_CHANNEL_ID doesnt_exist 5679 #define SSL_CTRL_GET_CLIENT_CERT_TYPES doesnt_exist 5680 #define SSL_CTRL_GET_EXTRA_CHAIN_CERTS doesnt_exist 5681 #define SSL_CTRL_GET_MAX_CERT_LIST doesnt_exist 5682 #define SSL_CTRL_GET_NEGOTIATED_GROUP doesnt_exist 5683 #define SSL_CTRL_GET_NUM_RENEGOTIATIONS doesnt_exist 5684 #define SSL_CTRL_GET_READ_AHEAD doesnt_exist 5685 #define SSL_CTRL_GET_RI_SUPPORT doesnt_exist 5686 #define SSL_CTRL_GET_SERVER_TMP_KEY doesnt_exist 5687 #define SSL_CTRL_GET_SESSION_REUSED doesnt_exist 5688 #define SSL_CTRL_GET_SESS_CACHE_MODE doesnt_exist 5689 #define SSL_CTRL_GET_SESS_CACHE_SIZE doesnt_exist 5690 #define SSL_CTRL_GET_TLSEXT_TICKET_KEYS doesnt_exist 5691 #define SSL_CTRL_GET_TOTAL_RENEGOTIATIONS doesnt_exist 5692 #define SSL_CTRL_MODE doesnt_exist 5693 #define SSL_CTRL_NEED_TMP_RSA doesnt_exist 5694 #define SSL_CTRL_OPTIONS doesnt_exist 5695 #define SSL_CTRL_SESS_NUMBER doesnt_exist 5696 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_CURVES doesnt_exist 5697 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_CURVES_LIST doesnt_exist 5698 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_GROUPS doesnt_exist 5699 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_GROUPS_LIST doesnt_exist 5700 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_ECDH_AUTO doesnt_exist 5701 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_MAX_CERT_LIST doesnt_exist 5702 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_MAX_SEND_FRAGMENT doesnt_exist 5703 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_MSG_CALLBACK doesnt_exist 5704 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_MSG_CALLBACK_ARG doesnt_exist 5705 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_MTU doesnt_exist 5706 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_READ_AHEAD doesnt_exist 5707 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_SESS_CACHE_MODE doesnt_exist 5708 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_SESS_CACHE_SIZE doesnt_exist 5709 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_HOSTNAME doesnt_exist 5710 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_SERVERNAME_ARG doesnt_exist 5711 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_SERVERNAME_CB doesnt_exist 5712 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_TICKET_KEYS doesnt_exist 5713 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_TICKET_KEY_CB doesnt_exist 5714 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_DH doesnt_exist 5715 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_DH_CB doesnt_exist 5716 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_ECDH doesnt_exist 5717 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_ECDH_CB doesnt_exist 5718 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_RSA doesnt_exist 5719 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_RSA_CB doesnt_exist 5720 5721 // |BORINGSSL_PREFIX| already makes each of these symbols into macros, so there 5722 // is no need to define conflicting macros. 5723 #if !defined(BORINGSSL_PREFIX) 5724 5725 #define DTLSv1_get_timeout DTLSv1_get_timeout 5726 #define DTLSv1_handle_timeout DTLSv1_handle_timeout 5727 #define SSL_CTX_add0_chain_cert SSL_CTX_add0_chain_cert 5728 #define SSL_CTX_add1_chain_cert SSL_CTX_add1_chain_cert 5729 #define SSL_CTX_add_extra_chain_cert SSL_CTX_add_extra_chain_cert 5730 #define SSL_CTX_clear_extra_chain_certs SSL_CTX_clear_extra_chain_certs 5731 #define SSL_CTX_clear_chain_certs SSL_CTX_clear_chain_certs 5732 #define SSL_CTX_clear_mode SSL_CTX_clear_mode 5733 #define SSL_CTX_clear_options SSL_CTX_clear_options 5734 #define SSL_CTX_get0_chain_certs SSL_CTX_get0_chain_certs 5735 #define SSL_CTX_get_extra_chain_certs SSL_CTX_get_extra_chain_certs 5736 #define SSL_CTX_get_max_cert_list SSL_CTX_get_max_cert_list 5737 #define SSL_CTX_get_mode SSL_CTX_get_mode 5738 #define SSL_CTX_get_options SSL_CTX_get_options 5739 #define SSL_CTX_get_read_ahead SSL_CTX_get_read_ahead 5740 #define SSL_CTX_get_session_cache_mode SSL_CTX_get_session_cache_mode 5741 #define SSL_CTX_get_tlsext_ticket_keys SSL_CTX_get_tlsext_ticket_keys 5742 #define SSL_CTX_need_tmp_RSA SSL_CTX_need_tmp_RSA 5743 #define SSL_CTX_sess_get_cache_size SSL_CTX_sess_get_cache_size 5744 #define SSL_CTX_sess_number SSL_CTX_sess_number 5745 #define SSL_CTX_sess_set_cache_size SSL_CTX_sess_set_cache_size 5746 #define SSL_CTX_set0_chain SSL_CTX_set0_chain 5747 #define SSL_CTX_set1_chain SSL_CTX_set1_chain 5748 #define SSL_CTX_set1_curves SSL_CTX_set1_curves 5749 #define SSL_CTX_set1_groups SSL_CTX_set1_groups 5750 #define SSL_CTX_set_max_cert_list SSL_CTX_set_max_cert_list 5751 #define SSL_CTX_set_max_send_fragment SSL_CTX_set_max_send_fragment 5752 #define SSL_CTX_set_mode SSL_CTX_set_mode 5753 #define SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback_arg SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback_arg 5754 #define SSL_CTX_set_options SSL_CTX_set_options 5755 #define SSL_CTX_set_read_ahead SSL_CTX_set_read_ahead 5756 #define SSL_CTX_set_session_cache_mode SSL_CTX_set_session_cache_mode 5757 #define SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_arg SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_arg 5758 #define SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_callback \ 5759 SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_callback 5760 #define SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_key_cb SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_key_cb 5761 #define SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_keys SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_keys 5762 #define SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh 5763 #define SSL_CTX_set_tmp_ecdh SSL_CTX_set_tmp_ecdh 5764 #define SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa 5765 #define SSL_add0_chain_cert SSL_add0_chain_cert 5766 #define SSL_add1_chain_cert SSL_add1_chain_cert 5767 #define SSL_clear_chain_certs SSL_clear_chain_certs 5768 #define SSL_clear_mode SSL_clear_mode 5769 #define SSL_clear_options SSL_clear_options 5770 #define SSL_get0_certificate_types SSL_get0_certificate_types 5771 #define SSL_get0_chain_certs SSL_get0_chain_certs 5772 #define SSL_get_max_cert_list SSL_get_max_cert_list 5773 #define SSL_get_mode SSL_get_mode 5774 #define SSL_get_negotiated_group SSL_get_negotiated_group 5775 #define SSL_get_options SSL_get_options 5776 #define SSL_get_secure_renegotiation_support \ 5777 SSL_get_secure_renegotiation_support 5778 #define SSL_need_tmp_RSA SSL_need_tmp_RSA 5779 #define SSL_num_renegotiations SSL_num_renegotiations 5780 #define SSL_session_reused SSL_session_reused 5781 #define SSL_set0_chain SSL_set0_chain 5782 #define SSL_set1_chain SSL_set1_chain 5783 #define SSL_set1_curves SSL_set1_curves 5784 #define SSL_set1_groups SSL_set1_groups 5785 #define SSL_set_max_cert_list SSL_set_max_cert_list 5786 #define SSL_set_max_send_fragment SSL_set_max_send_fragment 5787 #define SSL_set_mode SSL_set_mode 5788 #define SSL_set_msg_callback_arg SSL_set_msg_callback_arg 5789 #define SSL_set_mtu SSL_set_mtu 5790 #define SSL_set_options SSL_set_options 5791 #define SSL_set_tlsext_host_name SSL_set_tlsext_host_name 5792 #define SSL_set_tmp_dh SSL_set_tmp_dh 5793 #define SSL_set_tmp_ecdh SSL_set_tmp_ecdh 5794 #define SSL_set_tmp_rsa SSL_set_tmp_rsa 5795 #define SSL_total_renegotiations SSL_total_renegotiations 5796 5797 #endif // !defined(BORINGSSL_PREFIX) 5798 5799 5800 #if defined(__cplusplus) 5801 } // extern C 5802 5803 #if !defined(BORINGSSL_NO_CXX) 5804 5805 extern "C++" { 5806 5807 BSSL_NAMESPACE_BEGIN 5808 5809 BORINGSSL_MAKE_DELETER(SSL, SSL_free) 5810 BORINGSSL_MAKE_DELETER(SSL_CREDENTIAL, SSL_CREDENTIAL_free) 5811 BORINGSSL_MAKE_UP_REF(SSL_CREDENTIAL, SSL_CREDENTIAL_up_ref) 5812 BORINGSSL_MAKE_DELETER(SSL_CTX, SSL_CTX_free) 5813 BORINGSSL_MAKE_UP_REF(SSL_CTX, SSL_CTX_up_ref) 5814 BORINGSSL_MAKE_DELETER(SSL_ECH_KEYS, SSL_ECH_KEYS_free) 5815 BORINGSSL_MAKE_UP_REF(SSL_ECH_KEYS, SSL_ECH_KEYS_up_ref) 5816 BORINGSSL_MAKE_DELETER(SSL_SESSION, SSL_SESSION_free) 5817 BORINGSSL_MAKE_UP_REF(SSL_SESSION, SSL_SESSION_up_ref) 5818 5819 5820 // *** DEPRECATED EXPERIMENT — DO NOT USE *** 5821 // 5822 // Split handshakes. 5823 // 5824 // WARNING: This mechanism is deprecated and should not be used. It is very 5825 // fragile and difficult to use correctly. The relationship between 5826 // configuration options across the two halves is ill-defined and not 5827 // self-consistent. Additionally, version skew across the two halves risks 5828 // unusual behavior and connection failure. New development should use the 5829 // handshake hints API. Existing deployments should migrate to handshake hints 5830 // to reduce the risk of service outages. 5831 // 5832 // Split handshakes allows the handshake part of a TLS connection to be 5833 // performed in a different process (or on a different machine) than the data 5834 // exchange. This only applies to servers. 5835 // 5836 // In the first part of a split handshake, an |SSL| (where the |SSL_CTX| has 5837 // been configured with |SSL_CTX_set_handoff_mode|) is used normally. Once the 5838 // ClientHello message has been received, the handshake will stop and 5839 // |SSL_get_error| will indicate |SSL_ERROR_HANDOFF|. At this point (and only 5840 // at this point), |SSL_serialize_handoff| can be called to write the “handoff” 5841 // state of the connection. 5842 // 5843 // Elsewhere, a fresh |SSL| can be used with |SSL_apply_handoff| to continue 5844 // the connection. The connection from the client is fed into this |SSL|, and 5845 // the handshake resumed. When the handshake stops again and |SSL_get_error| 5846 // indicates |SSL_ERROR_HANDBACK|, |SSL_serialize_handback| should be called to 5847 // serialize the state of the handshake again. 5848 // 5849 // Back at the first location, a fresh |SSL| can be used with 5850 // |SSL_apply_handback|. Then the client's connection can be processed mostly 5851 // as normal. 5852 // 5853 // Lastly, when a connection is in the handoff state, whether or not 5854 // |SSL_serialize_handoff| is called, |SSL_decline_handoff| will move it back 5855 // into a normal state where the connection can proceed without impact. 5856 // 5857 // WARNING: Currently only works with TLS 1.0–1.2. 5858 // WARNING: The serialisation formats are not yet stable: version skew may be 5859 // fatal. 5860 // WARNING: The handback data contains sensitive key material and must be 5861 // protected. 5862 // WARNING: Some calls on the final |SSL| will not work. Just as an example, 5863 // calls like |SSL_get0_session_id_context| and |SSL_get_privatekey| won't 5864 // work because the certificate used for handshaking isn't available. 5865 // WARNING: |SSL_apply_handoff| may trigger “msg” callback calls. 5866 5867 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_handoff_mode(SSL_CTX *ctx, bool on); 5868 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_handoff_mode(SSL *SSL, bool on); 5869 OPENSSL_EXPORT bool SSL_serialize_handoff(const SSL *ssl, CBB *out, 5870 SSL_CLIENT_HELLO *out_hello); 5871 OPENSSL_EXPORT bool SSL_decline_handoff(SSL *ssl); 5872 OPENSSL_EXPORT bool SSL_apply_handoff(SSL *ssl, Span<const uint8_t> handoff); 5873 OPENSSL_EXPORT bool SSL_serialize_handback(const SSL *ssl, CBB *out); 5874 OPENSSL_EXPORT bool SSL_apply_handback(SSL *ssl, Span<const uint8_t> handback); 5875 5876 // SSL_get_traffic_secrets sets |*out_read_traffic_secret| and 5877 // |*out_write_traffic_secret| to reference the TLS 1.3 traffic secrets for 5878 // |ssl|. This function is only valid on TLS 1.3 connections that have 5879 // completed the handshake. It returns true on success and false on error. 5880 OPENSSL_EXPORT bool SSL_get_traffic_secrets( 5881 const SSL *ssl, Span<const uint8_t> *out_read_traffic_secret, 5882 Span<const uint8_t> *out_write_traffic_secret); 5883 5884 // SSL_CTX_set_aes_hw_override_for_testing sets |override_value| to 5885 // override checking for aes hardware support for testing. If |override_value| 5886 // is set to true, the library will behave as if aes hardware support is 5887 // present. If it is set to false, the library will behave as if aes hardware 5888 // support is not present. 5889 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_aes_hw_override_for_testing( 5890 SSL_CTX *ctx, bool override_value); 5891 5892 // SSL_set_aes_hw_override_for_testing acts the same as 5893 // |SSL_CTX_set_aes_override_for_testing| but only configures a single |SSL*|. 5894 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_aes_hw_override_for_testing(SSL *ssl, 5895 bool override_value); 5896 5897 BSSL_NAMESPACE_END 5898 5899 } // extern C++ 5900 5901 #endif // !defined(BORINGSSL_NO_CXX) 5902 5903 #endif 5904 5905 #define SSL_R_APP_DATA_IN_HANDSHAKE 100 5906 #define SSL_R_ATTEMPT_TO_REUSE_SESSION_IN_DIFFERENT_CONTEXT 101 5907 #define SSL_R_BAD_ALERT 102 5908 #define SSL_R_BAD_CHANGE_CIPHER_SPEC 103 5909 #define SSL_R_BAD_DATA_RETURNED_BY_CALLBACK 104 5910 #define SSL_R_BAD_DH_P_LENGTH 105 5911 #define SSL_R_BAD_DIGEST_LENGTH 106 5912 #define SSL_R_BAD_ECC_CERT 107 5913 #define SSL_R_BAD_ECPOINT 108 5914 #define SSL_R_BAD_HANDSHAKE_RECORD 109 5915 #define SSL_R_BAD_HELLO_REQUEST 110 5916 #define SSL_R_BAD_LENGTH 111 5917 #define SSL_R_BAD_PACKET_LENGTH 112 5918 #define SSL_R_BAD_RSA_ENCRYPT 113 5919 #define SSL_R_BAD_SIGNATURE 114 5920 #define SSL_R_BAD_SRTP_MKI_VALUE 115 5921 #define SSL_R_BAD_SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE_LIST 116 5922 #define SSL_R_BAD_SSL_FILETYPE 117 5923 #define SSL_R_BAD_WRITE_RETRY 118 5924 #define SSL_R_BIO_NOT_SET 119 5925 #define SSL_R_BN_LIB 120 5926 #define SSL_R_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL 121 5927 #define SSL_R_CA_DN_LENGTH_MISMATCH 122 5928 #define SSL_R_CA_DN_TOO_LONG 123 5929 #define SSL_R_CCS_RECEIVED_EARLY 124 5930 #define SSL_R_CERTIFICATE_VERIFY_FAILED 125 5931 #define SSL_R_CERT_CB_ERROR 126 5932 #define SSL_R_CERT_LENGTH_MISMATCH 127 5933 #define SSL_R_CHANNEL_ID_NOT_P256 128 5934 #define SSL_R_CHANNEL_ID_SIGNATURE_INVALID 129 5935 #define SSL_R_CIPHER_OR_HASH_UNAVAILABLE 130 5936 #define SSL_R_CLIENTHELLO_PARSE_FAILED 131 5937 #define SSL_R_CLIENTHELLO_TLSEXT 132 5938 #define SSL_R_CONNECTION_REJECTED 133 5939 #define SSL_R_CONNECTION_TYPE_NOT_SET 134 5940 #define SSL_R_CUSTOM_EXTENSION_ERROR 135 5941 #define SSL_R_DATA_LENGTH_TOO_LONG 136 5942 #define SSL_R_DECODE_ERROR 137 5943 #define SSL_R_DECRYPTION_FAILED 138 5944 #define SSL_R_DECRYPTION_FAILED_OR_BAD_RECORD_MAC 139 5945 #define SSL_R_DH_PUBLIC_VALUE_LENGTH_IS_WRONG 140 5946 #define SSL_R_DH_P_TOO_LONG 141 5947 #define SSL_R_DIGEST_CHECK_FAILED 142 5948 #define SSL_R_DTLS_MESSAGE_TOO_BIG 143 5949 #define SSL_R_ECC_CERT_NOT_FOR_SIGNING 144 5950 #define SSL_R_EMS_STATE_INCONSISTENT 145 5951 #define SSL_R_ENCRYPTED_LENGTH_TOO_LONG 146 5952 #define SSL_R_ERROR_ADDING_EXTENSION 147 5953 #define SSL_R_ERROR_IN_RECEIVED_CIPHER_LIST 148 5954 #define SSL_R_ERROR_PARSING_EXTENSION 149 5955 #define SSL_R_EXCESSIVE_MESSAGE_SIZE 150 5956 #define SSL_R_EXTRA_DATA_IN_MESSAGE 151 5957 #define SSL_R_FRAGMENT_MISMATCH 152 5958 #define SSL_R_GOT_NEXT_PROTO_WITHOUT_EXTENSION 153 5959 #define SSL_R_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE_ON_CLIENT_HELLO 154 5960 #define SSL_R_HTTPS_PROXY_REQUEST 155 5961 #define SSL_R_HTTP_REQUEST 156 5962 #define SSL_R_INAPPROPRIATE_FALLBACK 157 5963 #define SSL_R_INVALID_COMMAND 158 5964 #define SSL_R_INVALID_MESSAGE 159 5965 #define SSL_R_INVALID_SSL_SESSION 160 5966 #define SSL_R_INVALID_TICKET_KEYS_LENGTH 161 5967 #define SSL_R_LENGTH_MISMATCH 162 5968 #define SSL_R_MISSING_EXTENSION 164 5969 #define SSL_R_MISSING_RSA_CERTIFICATE 165 5970 #define SSL_R_MISSING_TMP_DH_KEY 166 5971 #define SSL_R_MISSING_TMP_ECDH_KEY 167 5972 #define SSL_R_MIXED_SPECIAL_OPERATOR_WITH_GROUPS 168 5973 #define SSL_R_MTU_TOO_SMALL 169 5974 #define SSL_R_NEGOTIATED_BOTH_NPN_AND_ALPN 170 5975 #define SSL_R_NESTED_GROUP 171 5976 #define SSL_R_NO_CERTIFICATES_RETURNED 172 5977 #define SSL_R_NO_CERTIFICATE_ASSIGNED 173 5978 #define SSL_R_NO_CERTIFICATE_SET 174 5979 #define SSL_R_NO_CIPHERS_AVAILABLE 175 5980 #define SSL_R_NO_CIPHERS_PASSED 176 5981 #define SSL_R_NO_CIPHER_MATCH 177 5982 #define SSL_R_NO_COMPRESSION_SPECIFIED 178 5983 #define SSL_R_NO_METHOD_SPECIFIED 179 5984 #define SSL_R_NO_PRIVATE_KEY_ASSIGNED 181 5985 #define SSL_R_NO_RENEGOTIATION 182 5986 #define SSL_R_NO_REQUIRED_DIGEST 183 5987 #define SSL_R_NO_SHARED_CIPHER 184 5988 #define SSL_R_NULL_SSL_CTX 185 5989 #define SSL_R_NULL_SSL_METHOD_PASSED 186 5990 #define SSL_R_OLD_SESSION_CIPHER_NOT_RETURNED 187 5991 #define SSL_R_OLD_SESSION_VERSION_NOT_RETURNED 188 5992 #define SSL_R_OUTPUT_ALIASES_INPUT 189 5993 #define SSL_R_PARSE_TLSEXT 190 5994 #define SSL_R_PATH_TOO_LONG 191 5995 #define SSL_R_PEER_DID_NOT_RETURN_A_CERTIFICATE 192 5996 #define SSL_R_PEER_ERROR_UNSUPPORTED_CERTIFICATE_TYPE 193 5997 #define SSL_R_PROTOCOL_IS_SHUTDOWN 194 5998 #define SSL_R_PSK_IDENTITY_NOT_FOUND 195 5999 #define SSL_R_PSK_NO_CLIENT_CB 196 6000 #define SSL_R_PSK_NO_SERVER_CB 197 6001 #define SSL_R_READ_TIMEOUT_EXPIRED 198 6002 #define SSL_R_RECORD_LENGTH_MISMATCH 199 6003 #define SSL_R_RECORD_TOO_LARGE 200 6004 #define SSL_R_RENEGOTIATION_ENCODING_ERR 201 6005 #define SSL_R_RENEGOTIATION_MISMATCH 202 6006 #define SSL_R_REQUIRED_CIPHER_MISSING 203 6007 #define SSL_R_RESUMED_EMS_SESSION_WITHOUT_EMS_EXTENSION 204 6008 #define SSL_R_RESUMED_NON_EMS_SESSION_WITH_EMS_EXTENSION 205 6009 #define SSL_R_SCSV_RECEIVED_WHEN_RENEGOTIATING 206 6010 #define SSL_R_SERVERHELLO_TLSEXT 207 6011 #define SSL_R_SESSION_ID_CONTEXT_UNINITIALIZED 208 6012 #define SSL_R_SESSION_MAY_NOT_BE_CREATED 209 6013 #define SSL_R_SIGNATURE_ALGORITHMS_EXTENSION_SENT_BY_SERVER 210 6014 #define SSL_R_SRTP_COULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_PROFILES 211 6015 #define SSL_R_SRTP_UNKNOWN_PROTECTION_PROFILE 212 6016 #define SSL_R_SSL3_EXT_INVALID_SERVERNAME 213 6017 #define SSL_R_SSL_CTX_HAS_NO_DEFAULT_SSL_VERSION 214 6018 #define SSL_R_SSL_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE 215 6019 #define SSL_R_SSL_SESSION_ID_CONTEXT_TOO_LONG 216 6020 #define SSL_R_TLS_PEER_DID_NOT_RESPOND_WITH_CERTIFICATE_LIST 217 6021 #define SSL_R_TLS_RSA_ENCRYPTED_VALUE_LENGTH_IS_WRONG 218 6022 #define SSL_R_TOO_MANY_EMPTY_FRAGMENTS 219 6023 #define SSL_R_TOO_MANY_WARNING_ALERTS 220 6024 #define SSL_R_UNABLE_TO_FIND_ECDH_PARAMETERS 221 6025 #define SSL_R_UNEXPECTED_EXTENSION 222 6026 #define SSL_R_UNEXPECTED_MESSAGE 223 6027 #define SSL_R_UNEXPECTED_OPERATOR_IN_GROUP 224 6028 #define SSL_R_UNEXPECTED_RECORD 225 6029 #define SSL_R_UNINITIALIZED 226 6030 #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_ALERT_TYPE 227 6031 #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_CERTIFICATE_TYPE 228 6032 #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_CIPHER_RETURNED 229 6033 #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_CIPHER_TYPE 230 6034 #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_DIGEST 231 6035 #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_KEY_EXCHANGE_TYPE 232 6036 #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_PROTOCOL 233 6037 #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_SSL_VERSION 234 6038 #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_STATE 235 6039 #define SSL_R_UNSAFE_LEGACY_RENEGOTIATION_DISABLED 236 6040 #define SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_CIPHER 237 6041 #define SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_COMPRESSION_ALGORITHM 238 6042 #define SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_ELLIPTIC_CURVE 239 6043 #define SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_PROTOCOL 240 6044 #define SSL_R_WRONG_CERTIFICATE_TYPE 241 6045 #define SSL_R_WRONG_CIPHER_RETURNED 242 6046 #define SSL_R_WRONG_CURVE 243 6047 #define SSL_R_WRONG_MESSAGE_TYPE 244 6048 #define SSL_R_WRONG_SIGNATURE_TYPE 245 6049 #define SSL_R_WRONG_SSL_VERSION 246 6050 #define SSL_R_WRONG_VERSION_NUMBER 247 6051 #define SSL_R_X509_LIB 248 6052 #define SSL_R_X509_VERIFICATION_SETUP_PROBLEMS 249 6053 #define SSL_R_SHUTDOWN_WHILE_IN_INIT 250 6054 #define SSL_R_INVALID_OUTER_RECORD_TYPE 251 6055 #define SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_PROTOCOL_FOR_CUSTOM_KEY 252 6056 #define SSL_R_NO_COMMON_SIGNATURE_ALGORITHMS 253 6057 #define SSL_R_DOWNGRADE_DETECTED 254 6058 #define SSL_R_EXCESS_HANDSHAKE_DATA 255 6059 #define SSL_R_INVALID_COMPRESSION_LIST 256 6060 #define SSL_R_DUPLICATE_EXTENSION 257 6061 #define SSL_R_MISSING_KEY_SHARE 258 6062 #define SSL_R_INVALID_ALPN_PROTOCOL 259 6063 #define SSL_R_TOO_MANY_KEY_UPDATES 260 6064 #define SSL_R_BLOCK_CIPHER_PAD_IS_WRONG 261 6065 #define SSL_R_NO_CIPHERS_SPECIFIED 262 6066 #define SSL_R_RENEGOTIATION_EMS_MISMATCH 263 6067 #define SSL_R_DUPLICATE_KEY_SHARE 264 6068 #define SSL_R_NO_GROUPS_SPECIFIED 265 6069 #define SSL_R_NO_SHARED_GROUP 266 6070 #define SSL_R_PRE_SHARED_KEY_MUST_BE_LAST 267 6071 #define SSL_R_OLD_SESSION_PRF_HASH_MISMATCH 268 6072 #define SSL_R_INVALID_SCT_LIST 269 6073 #define SSL_R_TOO_MUCH_SKIPPED_EARLY_DATA 270 6074 #define SSL_R_PSK_IDENTITY_BINDER_COUNT_MISMATCH 271 6075 #define SSL_R_CANNOT_PARSE_LEAF_CERT 272 6076 #define SSL_R_SERVER_CERT_CHANGED 273 6077 #define SSL_R_CERTIFICATE_AND_PRIVATE_KEY_MISMATCH 274 6078 #define SSL_R_CANNOT_HAVE_BOTH_PRIVKEY_AND_METHOD 275 6079 #define SSL_R_TICKET_ENCRYPTION_FAILED 276 6080 #define SSL_R_ALPN_MISMATCH_ON_EARLY_DATA 277 6081 #define SSL_R_WRONG_VERSION_ON_EARLY_DATA 278 6082 #define SSL_R_UNEXPECTED_EXTENSION_ON_EARLY_DATA 279 6083 #define SSL_R_NO_SUPPORTED_VERSIONS_ENABLED 280 6084 #define SSL_R_APPLICATION_DATA_INSTEAD_OF_HANDSHAKE 281 6085 #define SSL_R_EMPTY_HELLO_RETRY_REQUEST 282 6086 #define SSL_R_EARLY_DATA_NOT_IN_USE 283 6087 #define SSL_R_HANDSHAKE_NOT_COMPLETE 284 6088 #define SSL_R_NEGOTIATED_TB_WITHOUT_EMS_OR_RI 285 6089 #define SSL_R_SERVER_ECHOED_INVALID_SESSION_ID 286 6090 #define SSL_R_PRIVATE_KEY_OPERATION_FAILED 287 6091 #define SSL_R_SECOND_SERVERHELLO_VERSION_MISMATCH 288 6092 #define SSL_R_OCSP_CB_ERROR 289 6093 #define SSL_R_SSL_SESSION_ID_TOO_LONG 290 6094 #define SSL_R_APPLICATION_DATA_ON_SHUTDOWN 291 6095 #define SSL_R_CERT_DECOMPRESSION_FAILED 292 6096 #define SSL_R_UNCOMPRESSED_CERT_TOO_LARGE 293 6097 #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_CERT_COMPRESSION_ALG 294 6098 #define SSL_R_INVALID_SIGNATURE_ALGORITHM 295 6099 #define SSL_R_DUPLICATE_SIGNATURE_ALGORITHM 296 6100 #define SSL_R_TLS13_DOWNGRADE 297 6101 #define SSL_R_QUIC_INTERNAL_ERROR 298 6102 #define SSL_R_WRONG_ENCRYPTION_LEVEL_RECEIVED 299 6103 #define SSL_R_TOO_MUCH_READ_EARLY_DATA 300 6104 #define SSL_R_INVALID_DELEGATED_CREDENTIAL 301 6105 #define SSL_R_KEY_USAGE_BIT_INCORRECT 302 6106 #define SSL_R_INCONSISTENT_CLIENT_HELLO 303 6107 #define SSL_R_CIPHER_MISMATCH_ON_EARLY_DATA 304 6108 #define SSL_R_QUIC_TRANSPORT_PARAMETERS_MISCONFIGURED 305 6109 #define SSL_R_UNEXPECTED_COMPATIBILITY_MODE 306 6110 #define SSL_R_NO_APPLICATION_PROTOCOL 307 6111 #define SSL_R_NEGOTIATED_ALPS_WITHOUT_ALPN 308 6112 #define SSL_R_ALPS_MISMATCH_ON_EARLY_DATA 309 6113 #define SSL_R_ECH_SERVER_CONFIG_AND_PRIVATE_KEY_MISMATCH 310 6114 #define SSL_R_ECH_SERVER_CONFIG_UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSION 311 6115 #define SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_ECH_SERVER_CONFIG 312 6116 #define SSL_R_ECH_SERVER_WOULD_HAVE_NO_RETRY_CONFIGS 313 6117 #define SSL_R_INVALID_CLIENT_HELLO_INNER 314 6118 #define SSL_R_INVALID_ALPN_PROTOCOL_LIST 315 6119 #define SSL_R_COULD_NOT_PARSE_HINTS 316 6120 #define SSL_R_INVALID_ECH_PUBLIC_NAME 317 6121 #define SSL_R_INVALID_ECH_CONFIG_LIST 318 6122 #define SSL_R_ECH_REJECTED 319 6123 #define SSL_R_INVALID_OUTER_EXTENSION 320 6124 #define SSL_R_INCONSISTENT_ECH_NEGOTIATION 321 6125 #define SSL_R_INVALID_ALPS_CODEPOINT 322 6126 #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_CLOSE_NOTIFY 1000 6127 #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_UNEXPECTED_MESSAGE 1010 6128 #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_BAD_RECORD_MAC 1020 6129 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_DECRYPTION_FAILED 1021 6130 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_RECORD_OVERFLOW 1022 6131 #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_DECOMPRESSION_FAILURE 1030 6132 #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE 1040 6133 #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_NO_CERTIFICATE 1041 6134 #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_BAD_CERTIFICATE 1042 6135 #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_UNSUPPORTED_CERTIFICATE 1043 6136 #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_CERTIFICATE_REVOKED 1044 6137 #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_CERTIFICATE_EXPIRED 1045 6138 #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_CERTIFICATE_UNKNOWN 1046 6139 #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_ILLEGAL_PARAMETER 1047 6140 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_UNKNOWN_CA 1048 6141 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_ACCESS_DENIED 1049 6142 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_DECODE_ERROR 1050 6143 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_DECRYPT_ERROR 1051 6144 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_EXPORT_RESTRICTION 1060 6145 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_PROTOCOL_VERSION 1070 6146 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_INSUFFICIENT_SECURITY 1071 6147 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_INTERNAL_ERROR 1080 6148 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_INAPPROPRIATE_FALLBACK 1086 6149 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_USER_CANCELLED 1090 6150 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_NO_RENEGOTIATION 1100 6151 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSION 1110 6152 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_CERTIFICATE_UNOBTAINABLE 1111 6153 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_UNRECOGNIZED_NAME 1112 6154 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_BAD_CERTIFICATE_STATUS_RESPONSE 1113 6155 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_BAD_CERTIFICATE_HASH_VALUE 1114 6156 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_UNKNOWN_PSK_IDENTITY 1115 6157 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED 1116 6158 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_NO_APPLICATION_PROTOCOL 1120 6159 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_ECH_REQUIRED 1121 6160 6161 #endif // OPENSSL_HEADER_SSL_H 6162